Sustainable Microfinance - Balanced Scorecard's added value for ...
Sustainable Microfinance - Balanced Scorecard's added value for ...
Sustainable Microfinance - Balanced Scorecard's added value for ...
You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles
YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.
!<br />
!<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />
<strong>Balanced</strong> <strong>Scorecard's</strong> <strong>added</strong> <strong>value</strong> <strong>for</strong> Starting<br />
Entrepreneurs in the Netherlands<br />
by<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn<br />
2010<br />
!"#$%&#'()%#*#'<br />
"#$$%&'('#)*!$+,-#''%.!#*!(//)&.(*/%!0#'1!'1%!&+2%$!)3!!!<br />
4#($5#-,($!6+$#*%$$!7/1))2!!<br />
!#*!8(&'#(2!3+23#2-%*'!)3!'1%!&%9+#&%-%*'$!3)&!'1%!.%:&%%!)3!<br />
;7/!#*!
STATEMENT OF AUTHENTICITY<br />
I have read the TiasNimbas Business School<br />
Regulations relating to plagiarism and certify that<br />
this project is all my own work and does not<br />
contain any unacknowledged work from any other<br />
sources.<br />
Signed:<br />
I confirm that the Word Count as per the<br />
Regulations is 20347 words.<br />
Date: 23 September 2010<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn ##!<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Keywords and Abstract<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />
‘<strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard’s <strong>added</strong> <strong>value</strong> <strong>for</strong> Starting Entrepreneurs in the Netherlands’<br />
Keywords and phrases in this Thesis<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn<br />
TiasNimbas Business School<br />
September 2010<br />
<strong>Microfinance</strong>, <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard, Sustainability, Micro and Small Entrepreneurs<br />
Abstract<br />
Micro-credit and microfinance are rather new phenomena in the Netherlands. In a<br />
short period both have been embraced fully by government officials as a valuable<br />
instrument <strong>for</strong> social and economic development. The overall aim of this research is<br />
to make a contribution to the existing body of literature and to develop a practical<br />
model that will enable (one of) the Dutch microfinance players to make a move<br />
towards sustainability. There<strong>for</strong>e an explorative research has been established.<br />
This exploratory inductive research consists of: (1) an intensive literature review and<br />
(2) interviews with experts from the microfinance sector, to determine how the<br />
available models need to be adjusted to the specific needs of starting entrepreneurs.<br />
Based on the qualitative content analysis in relation to the literature it is concluded<br />
that due to managerial inadequacy and a significant degree of copying behaviour,<br />
typical start up businesses have high failure rates within the first three to five years.<br />
There<strong>for</strong>e government officials should eliminate incentives to create low probability<br />
companies and focus on start up companies with a lot of (growth) potential. In order<br />
to indentify this potential and provide micro entrepreneurs with a tool to develop a<br />
sustainable business, the ‘Equally’ <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard Model <strong>for</strong> Micro and Small<br />
Entrepreneurs (MSE) has been developed. This model focuses on four interrelated<br />
stakeholders (society, investor, customer and entrepreneur) and clearly indicates the<br />
relation between them and enables the MSE to identify the stakeholder it needs to<br />
focus on.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn ###!<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Preface<br />
Being born and raised on a cheese !<br />
farm, undertaking has always had a special<br />
interest. My two oldest brothers both have their own enterprise and starting my own<br />
business has been a goal ever since I was little. This was one of the reasons to apply<br />
<strong>for</strong> the MSc in Financial Management at TiasNimbas. During various courses of the<br />
previous year we learned that the objective of many cooperation’s is to maximize<br />
shareholders wealth, and that although this might have contributed to the current<br />
financial crises, still a lot of companies and business models primarily focus on this.<br />
This in mind I felt like researching something more tangible, that could make a<br />
contribution from a more holistic perspective. When I learned about microfinance in<br />
the Netherlands used to stimulate entrepreneurship, I directly felt that this subject<br />
was a perfect fit between my personal interests and the topic <strong>for</strong> my final assignment.<br />
While attending the "2010: A Changing Europe combating poverty, supporting<br />
enterprise" conference in London, I learned about the many different views people<br />
have about how to make the microfinance sector sustainable and realized that a<br />
clear focus was needed.<br />
Some people reach the highest top of the ladder and only then<br />
discover that it stands against the wrong wall (Covey, 2009)<br />
I have experienced my thesis project as an opportunity to apply and extend all my<br />
previously acquired knowledge and to gain better insight into my stronger and<br />
weaker personal assets. Any potential mistakes made are the results of my individual<br />
ef<strong>for</strong>ts; <strong>for</strong> the good parts, I thank those at my side during the course of the thesis<br />
project. I sincerely thank Maria Franco and the other members of the European<br />
<strong>Microfinance</strong> Network <strong>for</strong> allowing me to attend the conference. I owe special thanks<br />
to all respondents <strong>for</strong> their time and the valuable in<strong>for</strong>mation they provided during the<br />
interviews. I would like to thank Michael Bier <strong>for</strong> his ef<strong>for</strong>t in guiding me through this<br />
process. I feel that with his help I was able to guide my thesis into making it a useful<br />
piece of paper that can be used <strong>for</strong> further research and aid starting entrepreneurs in<br />
their search <strong>for</strong> a sustainable enterprise. I am grateful <strong>for</strong> the final proof reading done<br />
by Mary Schoon. Furthermore, I would like to thank my fellow student Dominik Katz<br />
<strong>for</strong> helping me in keeping my focus on the important aspects and clear up any<br />
confusion that may have arisen. Lastly, I would like to thank my girlfriend Marleen<br />
Overgaag and all other friends and family <strong>for</strong> their support during the previous year.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn, Amsterdam, 23 September 2010<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn #=!<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Condensed Table of Contents<br />
!<br />
!<br />
Keywords and Abstract! ###!<br />
Preface! #=!<br />
Condensed Table of Contents! =!<br />
Table of Contents! =#!<br />
List of Figures! #>!<br />
List of Tables! >!<br />
List of Abbreviations! >#!<br />
SECTION I.! INTRODUCTION! "!<br />
1. ! Overview! "!<br />
2.! Theory and Literature Review – <strong>Microfinance</strong>! #"!<br />
3.! Theory and Literature Review – <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard! "$!<br />
SECTION II. ! RESEARCH DESIGN! ##!<br />
4. ! Methodology! %&!<br />
SECTION III. ! FINDINGS AND DISCUSSION! $%!<br />
5. ! Results! &'!<br />
6. ! Discussion! '(!<br />
7.! Conclusion, Recommendations and Limitations! ''!<br />
List of Appendices! )*!<br />
Bibliography! #*)!<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn =!<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Table of Contents<br />
!<br />
Keywords and Abstract! ###!<br />
Preface! #=!<br />
Condensed Table of Contents! =!<br />
Table of Contents! =#!<br />
List of Figures! #>!<br />
List of Tables! >!<br />
List of Abbreviations! >#!<br />
SECTION I.! INTRODUCTION! "!<br />
1. ! Overview! "!<br />
1.1 Introduction! ?!<br />
1.2 Different microfinance players! @!<br />
1.2.1 Promotion and distribution of services! @!<br />
1.2.2 Coaching! A!<br />
1.2.3 Simplified access to financing! B!<br />
1.3 Professionalizing! C!<br />
1.4 Research aim! D!<br />
1.5 Research Objective and Central Question! D!<br />
1.6 The Research Strategy, Philosophical Stance and Approach! EF!<br />
1.7 Research and Report Structure! EE!<br />
2.! Theory and Literature Review – <strong>Microfinance</strong>! #"!<br />
2.1 Introduction! EG!<br />
2.2 Background on <strong>Microfinance</strong>! EG!<br />
2.3 <strong>Microfinance</strong> in developing countries! EG!<br />
2.3.1 Double Bottom Line! E?!<br />
2.3.2 Mission drift?! E?!<br />
2.3.3 Social Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement! EH!<br />
2.4 <strong>Microfinance</strong> in (Western) Europe! EA!<br />
2.4.1 <strong>Microfinance</strong> Institutions Goals! EB!<br />
2.4.2 <strong>Microfinance</strong> Institutions Modes! EB!<br />
2.4.3 Benchmarks! ED!<br />
2.5 Business Development Services! GF!<br />
2.5.1 Introduction! GF!<br />
2.5.2 What are BDS?! GE!<br />
2.5.3 Lessons from the Past! GG!<br />
2.5.4 Types of BDS! G?!<br />
2.5.5 BDS Dimensions! GH!<br />
2.5.6 Success of BDS! GA!<br />
2.5.7 BDS Criticism! GA!<br />
2.6 Conclusion! GB!<br />
3.! Theory and Literature Review – <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard! "$!<br />
3.1 Introduction! GD!<br />
3.2 The Characteristics of the <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard! GD!<br />
3.2.1 Background! GD!<br />
3.2.2 Structure! ?F!<br />
3.2.3 Linking, Cause and Effect! ?E!<br />
3.2.4 Indicators! ?G!<br />
3.2.5 Purposes! ??!<br />
3.2.6 Process! ??!<br />
3.2.7 Success of the BSC! ??!<br />
3.2.8 Criticism on the BSC! ?H!<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn =#!<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
3.3 Lessons from previously developed BSC models! ?@!<br />
3.3.1 The Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement Pyramid <strong>for</strong> Small Business! ?@!<br />
3.3.2 Per<strong>for</strong>mance Management Beyond the Private Sector! ?B!<br />
3.4 Characteristics of Micro and Small Entrepreneurs! ?D!<br />
3.4.1 Planning in the Small Business Sector! ?D!<br />
3.4.2 Defining ‘Fit’: The Unique Features of Small Business! HE!<br />
3.4.3 Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement in the Small Business Sector! HE!<br />
SECTION II. ! RESEARCH DESIGN! ##!<br />
4. ! Methodology! %&!<br />
4.1 Introduction! H@!<br />
4.2 Setting! H@!<br />
4.3 Philosophical Stance! HA!<br />
4.4 The Process of Qualitative Content Analysis! HA!<br />
4.4.1 Step 1: Preparing the Data! HA!<br />
4.4.2 Step 2: Defining the Unit of Analysis! HB!<br />
4.4.3 Step 3: Developing Categories! HB!<br />
4.4.4 Step 4: Testing the Coding Scheme on a Sample of the Text! HC!<br />
4.4.5 Step 5: Coding All the Text! HC!<br />
4.4.6 Step 6: Assessing the Coding Consistency! HD!<br />
4.4.7 Step 7: Drawing Conclusions from the Coded Data! HD!<br />
4.4.8 Step 8: Reporting the Methods and Findings! HD!<br />
4.5 Methods of Data Collection! @F!<br />
4.6 Literature Review! @F!<br />
4.7 Interviews! @E!<br />
4.7.1 Sample Selection Interviews! @E!<br />
4.8 The Research Design! @G!<br />
4.9 Reliability and Validity! @?!<br />
SECTION III. ! FINDINGS AND DISCUSSION! $%!<br />
5. ! Results! &'!<br />
5.1 Introduction! @B!<br />
5.2 The categories! @B!<br />
5.2.1. Reason, Drive and Contribution! @C!<br />
5.2.2. Social! AF!<br />
5.2.3. Financial! AE!<br />
5.2.4. Sustainability Entrepreneur! AG!<br />
5.2.5. Customer and Market research! A?!<br />
5.2.6. Internal Business Processes! AH!<br />
5.2.7. Organizational, Personal Development! AH!<br />
5.2.8. Learning, Growth and Employee! A@!<br />
5.2.9. Network and Business Development Services! A@!<br />
5.2.10. General BSC model! AA!<br />
5.2.11. Relation and Link! AA!<br />
5.2.12. Most Important! AB!<br />
5.2.13. Measurement and Indicators! AB!<br />
5.3 Summary! AC!<br />
6. ! Discussion! '(!<br />
6.1 Introduction! BF!<br />
6.2 A <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard <strong>for</strong> Micro and Small Entrepreneurs! BF!<br />
6.2.1. General ‘Equally’ <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard Model! BF!<br />
6.2.2. Social! BE!<br />
6.2.3. Financial! BE!<br />
6.2.4. Sustainability Entrepreneur! BG!<br />
6.2.5. Customer and Market research! BG!<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn =##!<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
6.2.6. Internal Business Processes! B?!<br />
6.2.7. Organizational, Personal Development! B?!<br />
6.2.8. Learning, Growth and Employee! B?!<br />
6.2.9. Network & Business Development Support! BH!<br />
6.2.10. Reason, Drive and Contribution! BH!<br />
6.2.11. Relation and Link! B@!<br />
6.2.12. Most Important! B@!<br />
6.2.13. Measurement and Indicators! B@!<br />
7.! Conclusion, Recommendations and Limitations! ''!<br />
7.1 Introduction! BB!<br />
7.2 Concluding Remarks! BB!<br />
7.2.1 From the Literature Review! BB!<br />
7.2.2 From the Empirical Findings! BC!<br />
7.2.3 The Model: ‘Equally’ <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard! CF!<br />
7.3 Theoretical Contribution! CF!<br />
7.4 Practical Implications! CF!<br />
7.5 Research Reflection! CE!<br />
7.6 Future Research! CG!<br />
List of Appendices! )*!<br />
Appendix A – Thesis Proposal! CH!<br />
Appendix B – Per<strong>for</strong>mance Management Beyond the Private sector! EFE!<br />
Appendix C – Interview Outline! EF@!<br />
Appendix D – Reason, Drive and Contribution! EFB!<br />
Appendix E – Social! EEF!<br />
Appendix F – Financial! EEG!<br />
Appendix G – Sustainability Entrepreneur! EE@!<br />
Appendix H – Customer and Market research! EEB!<br />
Appendix I – Internal Business Processes! EGF!<br />
Appendix J – Organizational, Personal Development! EGE!<br />
Appendix K – Learning, Growth and Employee! EG?!<br />
Appendix L – Network! EGH!<br />
Appendix M – Business Development Services! EGA!<br />
Appendix N – General BSC model! EGC!<br />
Appendix O – Relation and Link! E?F!<br />
Appendix P – Most Important! E?G!<br />
Appendix Q – Measurement and Indicators! E??!<br />
Appendix R – Sustainability of <strong>Microfinance</strong>! E?H!<br />
Appendix S – Qredits! E?A!<br />
Bibliography! #*)!<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn =###!<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
List of Figures<br />
!<br />
Figure I-1: Thesis Overview 1<br />
Figure 1.1: Capital <strong>for</strong> Small Businesses 2<br />
Figure 1.2: People Considering – Having Plans – Becoming Entrepreneurs 3<br />
Figure 1.3: The Research Model 11<br />
Figure 2.1: SPM system Framework 15<br />
Figure 2.2: Strategy Map 15<br />
Figure 2.3 Number of Loans Disbursed by Country 2008-2009 16<br />
Figure 2.4: Future Goals of European MFIs 17<br />
Figure 2.5: Social Inclusion of Enterprise Development 20<br />
Figure 2.6: Types of Enterprises 20<br />
Figure 2.7: Overview of BDS 35<br />
Figure 3.1: The BSC framework 31<br />
Figure 3.2: The Assumed Causal Relationship in the BSC 32<br />
Figure II-1: Thesis Overview 44<br />
Figure 4.1: Step model of inductive category development 48<br />
Figure III-1: Thesis Overview 56<br />
Figure 5.1: Starting point entrepreneurs 59<br />
Figure 6.1: ‘Equally’ <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard <strong>for</strong> Micro and Small Entrepreneurs 70<br />
Figure 6.2: ‘Equally’ <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard <strong>for</strong> Micro and Small Entrepreneurs 75<br />
Figure B-1: Example of a BSC matrix 101<br />
Figure B-2: Simplified Strategy Map 102<br />
Figure B-3: The Social Enterprise Scorecard 103<br />
Figure B-4: Strategy Map 103<br />
Figure B-5: Comprehensive Per<strong>for</strong>mance Management System 104<br />
Figure B-6: Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement <strong>for</strong> Small Business 104<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn #>!<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
List of Tables<br />
Table 2.1: Enterprise Category 21<br />
Table 2.2: Business Development Service Categories 23<br />
Table 3.1: Development of the Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement Pyramid <strong>for</strong> SB 36<br />
Table 3.2: Per<strong>for</strong>mance Management Beyond the Private Sector 37<br />
Table 3.3: Planning in the Small Business Sector 40<br />
Table 3.4: Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement Systems and MSE 42<br />
Table 4.1: How the sub questions will be answered 50<br />
Table 4.2: The Interviewees 52<br />
Table 4.3: Reliability Check 54<br />
Table 5.1: Categories and number of mentioning’s 58<br />
Table 5.2: How can the BSC improve the sustainability of starting entrepreneurs? 68<br />
Table 5.3: How does the BSC need to be adjusted? 68<br />
Table 5.4: What dimensions are relevant <strong>for</strong> starting entrepreneurs? 69<br />
Table 5.5: How do the dimensions relate to each other in an optimal BSC? 69<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn >!<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
List of Abbreviations<br />
BDS Business Development Services<br />
BSC <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard<br />
CDFA Community Development Finance Assossiation<br />
CDFI Community Development Financial Institution<br />
CEE Central and Eastern Europe<br />
CGAP Consultative Group to Assist the Poor<br />
CPMS Comprehensive Per<strong>for</strong>mance Management System<br />
EIF European Investment Fund<br />
EMN European <strong>Microfinance</strong> Network<br />
GT Grounded Theory<br />
MFC <strong>Microfinance</strong> Centre<br />
MFI <strong>Microfinance</strong> Institution<br />
MF-points <strong>Microfinance</strong>-entrepreneurial-points<br />
MSE Micro and Small Entrepreneurs<br />
NGO Non-Governmental Organizations<br />
PMS Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement System<br />
SB Small Business<br />
SMART Specific Measurable Attainable Relevant and Time-bound<br />
SME Small and Medium sized Enterprises<br />
SPM Social Per<strong>for</strong>mance Management<br />
UN United Nations<br />
ZZP-er ‘Zelfstandinge Zonder Personeel’<br />
Self-employed Person without Employees<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn >#!<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Section I. Introduction<br />
The conclusion of this thesis will provide an answer to the following research<br />
question:<br />
How can the per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement systems used by microfinance<br />
institutions in both developing and industrialized countries be used to provide<br />
the best <strong>added</strong> <strong>value</strong> <strong>for</strong> the microfinance sector in the Netherlands?<br />
Section 1 serves as the springboard <strong>for</strong> this research. Chapter 1 reveals the<br />
background of <strong>Microfinance</strong>, which has led to the central question and objective of<br />
this research. In addition, this chapter discusses the research and report structure.<br />
As the mode of research employed in this work is inductive, the literature review is<br />
carried out be<strong>for</strong>e the research is designed in detail. There<strong>for</strong>e, the report will follow<br />
the same structure. For that reason, chapters 2 and 3 will cover the relevant<br />
literature. Whereas chapter 2 will have a broad scope on microfinance and related<br />
researches, chapter 3 will discuss the suitability of PMSs in relation to the Dutch<br />
microfinance sector.<br />
Figure I-1: Thesis Overview (Author)<br />
!<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 1<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
1. Overview<br />
This chapter serves as the general introduction to this dissertation. It reveals the<br />
empirical rationale <strong>for</strong> this thesis, on which the objectives and central question of this<br />
research are based. Towards the end of this chapter, the research and report<br />
structure are presented.<br />
‘Borrowing money <strong>for</strong> a house or car is something people manage to do,<br />
definatly if they have a steady job. But borrowing money to start up a<br />
business? That is something different. Even though enterpreneurship is<br />
expected to have a possitive social impact’. (Groenevelt in Hen, 2010)<br />
Figure 1.1: Capital <strong>for</strong> Small Businesses (The Economist, 2010)<br />
!<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 2<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
1.1 Introduction<br />
According to a research, conducted in 2006, by 21minuten.nl and the Dutch<br />
Chamber of Commerce, 3.000.000 people think about starting their own business<br />
within five years and 600.000 have concrete plans to do so (see Figure 1.2). Annually<br />
only 70.000 people actually start their own business. The main reasons <strong>for</strong> this<br />
relatively low number are:<br />
• Lack of assistance;<br />
• Financial barriers and;<br />
• Insufficient knowledge and capacities.<br />
The provision of micro credit, in combination with the assistance of a coach, can take<br />
away these barriers (Stichting Microfinanciering & Ondernemerschap, 2006). Tillaart,<br />
et al. (2009) support this view. Based on figures from the Chamber of Commerce,<br />
they state that the number of starting entrepreneurs has increased from 35.000 in<br />
1990 to more than 100.000 in 2007 and 2008.<br />
Figure 1.2: People Considering – Having Plans – Becoming Entrepreneurs<br />
(Adapted from Oberman and Roelofsen, 2009)<br />
!<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 3<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
In 2007, the Dutch Ministry of Economic Affairs, under the management of State<br />
Secretary Frank Heemskerk, appointed The Council <strong>for</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>. One of the<br />
members of this Council is Her Royal Highness Princess Maxima of the Netherlands,<br />
who was a member of the UN advisory committee during the year of microcredit<br />
2005.<br />
In October 2007, the Council presented an advisory report to State Secretary<br />
Heemskerk. This report states that microfinance has big potential as stimulator of<br />
entrepreneurship. According to the Council this will have a positive influence on:<br />
1. Economic growth;<br />
2. Integration of disadvantaged groups;<br />
3. Reducing unemployment.<br />
Further the report states that local microfinance initiatives, of which already many<br />
were presents at the time the report was presented, are the source of power when it<br />
comes to using the potential. In order to strengthen these initiatives and to increase<br />
the sustainability, the Council proposed an approach where the local initiatives, which<br />
have direct access to the target groups, are supported by a franchise system. This<br />
enables them to use coaching networks and to have access to simple financings<br />
models (Council <strong>for</strong> microfinance, 2007).<br />
Another statement from the report is that the Netherlands, compared to other<br />
countries in Europe, was behind with stimulating micro entrepreneurs. A couple of<br />
countries (in particular France, Spain, England and Finland) were already using<br />
microfinance <strong>for</strong> several years. The Council stated that the Netherlands could learn<br />
the following lessons from those experiences:<br />
1. Local microfinance initiatives, carried out by people that stand in the middle of<br />
local communities are of indispensable importance;<br />
2. Coaching, both be<strong>for</strong>e and at the beginning of the lifetime of the business, is<br />
next to financing very important;<br />
3. Scale is important <strong>for</strong> sustainability. National coordination under one central<br />
brand can be the key to success;<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 4<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
4. Efficiency and automated processes to judge applications, such as a client-<br />
score-model, that are adjusted to the target group can reduce costs and<br />
contribute to sustainability;<br />
5. Self-sufficient microfinance does not seem to be possible without relative high<br />
interest rates.<br />
1.2 Different microfinance players<br />
In line with the advisory report three related components have been created.<br />
According to Heemskerk (2009a) microfinance in the Netherlands, is intended <strong>for</strong><br />
starting and existing entrepreneurs with a feasible business plan and consists of<br />
three different components:<br />
• Promotion and distribution of services;<br />
• Coaching and;<br />
• Microcredit up to !35.000, -.<br />
1.2.1 Promotion and distribution of services<br />
Longer existing and newly erected local initiatives are carrying out the promotion and<br />
distribution of services. By the time of the first annual meeting of the so-called<br />
microfinance-entrepreneurs-points (MF-points), there were 34 registered MF-points,<br />
and a couple of MF-points were in the process of being erected, to realize the<br />
ambition of national coverage by the end of 2010 (Stichting Microfinanciering &<br />
Ondernemerschap, 2009b).<br />
According to the toolkit ‘how to set up a MF-point’ there can be made a distinction<br />
between three different types of MF-points (Stichting Microfinanciering &<br />
Ondernemerschap, 2009a):<br />
1. Model 1 – the Entrepreneurs’ house<br />
2. Model 2 – the Entrepreneurs’ office window<br />
3. Model 3 – the Entrepreneurs’ network<br />
The models have different approaches and characteristics, but all examples can be<br />
found in practice. Potential and existing entrepreneurs can visit these MF-points to<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 5<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
collect in<strong>for</strong>mation or seek specific assistance.<br />
These organizations provide the intake, initial<br />
feedback on entrepreneurs’ capacities and<br />
ideas, advice about the specific coaching when<br />
needed, possible financings options, assist<br />
entrepreneurs with writing their business plan,<br />
during the process of the credit application and<br />
finding a suitable coach. Another role these organizations !<br />
play is increasing the<br />
awareness of the possibilities of microfinance on a local level.<br />
Zwind (2009) conducted a research to picture the economic impact of the MF-points<br />
most important findings as follows:<br />
• 44% of the clients start a business;<br />
• On average these business contain 1.5 fte;<br />
• 94% of business (2004-2009) still exist in 2009;<br />
• For 49% of the clients their business is their most important source of income,<br />
<strong>for</strong> 24% this is paid employment and <strong>for</strong> 16% this is social welfare.<br />
• 74% expects to grow within two years;<br />
• The majority (77%) did not need a loan to start up or continue the business;<br />
• 36,2% has a bachelor background and 19,9% has an academic background.<br />
1.2.2 Coaching<br />
Starting entrepreneurs that are coached have a bigger chance of succeeding than<br />
those that will have to do without coaching. After five years 70 to 80% of the starters<br />
are still active when they have been coached. Without coaching this is only 50%<br />
(Stichting Microfinanciering & Ondernemerschap, 2009a).<br />
There<strong>for</strong>e coaching is a very important component of microfinance. The advice of the<br />
Council <strong>for</strong> microfinance was to develop a network of trained volunteers and<br />
professionals (Council <strong>for</strong> microfinance, 2007).<br />
Dutch definition of microfinance:<br />
‘the combination of coaching and<br />
microcredit (up to a maximum of<br />
!35.000) focused on the starting<br />
entrepreneur with the objective to<br />
stimulate entrepreneurship’<br />
(Oberman and Roelofsen, 2009).<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 6<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
In recent years, numerous initiatives to support (pre) starting entrepreneurs with<br />
focused training and coaching have emerged. The specific numbers and impact of<br />
these practices were unknown. This was the reason <strong>for</strong> the project management of<br />
<strong>Microfinance</strong> (part of the ministry of Economic affairs) to conduct a research to create<br />
an overview of the quality of the coaching <strong>for</strong> staring entrepreneurs.<br />
The findings of that research, conducted by Tillaart, et al. (2009) are as follows:<br />
• 51% of the coached pre-starters, started a business;<br />
• 2% decided not to start a business;<br />
• The remaining 47% was still in the process of deciding;<br />
• One out of five starters mentions that turnover and profit figures have<br />
improved due to coaching;<br />
• Starters mention that the coaching helped to develop a (better) marketing<br />
strategy or business strategy;<br />
• More than half mentions to have developed a better understanding of<br />
entrepreneurship and two thirds indicate to have improved their own<br />
entrepreneurial skill.<br />
Entrepreneurs can find an entrepreneur by themselves, but the advisor of the MF-<br />
point can assist as well. The advisor has insight in the local availability of coaches<br />
and can assure the correct match between coach and entrepreneur.<br />
1.2.3 Simplified access to financing<br />
The advisor of the MF-point assists the entrepreneurs with the application <strong>for</strong> a<br />
microcredit up to !35.000. In 2007, the Ministries of Economic Affairs and Social<br />
Welfare had a business case; the ‘game’ was to come up with the best way to<br />
provide microloans <strong>for</strong> or to start up businesses. Two different options were erected<br />
and later pilot-tested (Heemskerk, 2009a):<br />
1. ‘Borgstelling’<br />
2. Qredits<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 7<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
In some regions entrepreneurs are able to get microloans through the ‘Borgstelling’.<br />
This is a surety service where the government secures 80% of the loan in order to<br />
stimulate banks to provide the loans. This lowers the risk <strong>for</strong> the individual capital<br />
provider to the level of an average SME borrower (Gemeente Den Haag, 2009).<br />
Qredits is a combination of traditional banking and sophisticated IT system. Qredits<br />
has nine local loan officers and local contacts that are essential <strong>for</strong> the assessment<br />
and monitoring. A centralized national back office backs these loan officers, enabling<br />
Qredits to maximize economies of scale and growth towards realizing sustainability<br />
(Qredits, 2010b). The way Qredits operates can be compared with a bank. The main<br />
difference is the specific and individual attention <strong>for</strong> the micro-entrepreneur. The<br />
lending procedure exists of five steps (Qredits, 2010a); application, intake, screening,<br />
assessment / review and granting. All the in<strong>for</strong>mation generated during the five steps<br />
is gathered in the IT system MicroNet. This system enables an automated loan<br />
assessment procedure, communication between the back office and the local loan<br />
officer, a highly automated central back office procedure and is linked to several<br />
external actors (Qredits, 2010b). The system can be used constantly <strong>for</strong> monitoring<br />
and has a lot of potential. There<strong>for</strong>e Qredits won the ‘Europe Award’ <strong>for</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />
Good Practices, endowed with !50,000, - during the 7th European <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />
Network’s Annual Conference in London (Qredits, 2010c).<br />
By the time the Council presented its report it was expected that only twenty percent<br />
of the annual 10.000 extra entrepreneurs (see figure 1.2) would need additional<br />
financing.<br />
1.3 Professionalizing<br />
Micro-credit and microfinance in (Western) Europe, and particularly in the<br />
Netherlands, are rather new phenomena (see paragraph 1.1). In developing<br />
countries however, it is much older. Initially, most developing countries accepted<br />
microfinance as an instrument to combat poverty. Then it was acclaimed as an<br />
instrument to boost entrepreneurial initiatives. Subsequently, microfinance institutions<br />
(MFIs) developed comprehensive programs offering a wider range of products and<br />
services to micro-entrepreneurs (Molenaar, 2009). During the maturing process<br />
several per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement systems (PMSs) have been developed in order to<br />
cope with the professionalization of the sector.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 8<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
1.4 Research aim<br />
The overall aim of this research is that the results contribute to the existing body of<br />
literature and to provide a practical model that can be used by (one of) the<br />
microfinance players. In order to prevent the same wheels from being invented again,<br />
the first step will be to identify what PMSs are being used by MFIs in both developing<br />
and industrialized countries. The research aim of this thesis can be <strong>for</strong>mulated as<br />
follows:<br />
Identify what PMSs are being used (by MFIs) around the world in order to<br />
develop a model that contributes towards the sustainability of the microfinance<br />
sector in the Netherlands.<br />
1.5 Research Objective and Central Question<br />
The objectives that arise from the research aim are:<br />
• To give a sound and in-depth review on the current literature on MFIs and the<br />
PMSs they use;<br />
• To identify the gap between theoretical and empirical per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />
measurement regarding PMS used by MFIs;<br />
• To identify what specific elements microfinance experts consider to be<br />
important <strong>for</strong> per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement in the Netherlands;<br />
• To identify the need <strong>for</strong> further research.<br />
The objectives are the input <strong>for</strong> the research question. The central question in this<br />
research is thus:<br />
How can the PMSs used (by MFIs) in both developing and industrialized<br />
countries be used to provide the best <strong>added</strong> <strong>value</strong> the microfinance sector in<br />
the Netherlands?<br />
In order to answer the central question, the following sub-questions need to be<br />
answered:<br />
• What does the current body of literature reveal about the different MFIs, and<br />
their use of PMSs, throughout the world?<br />
• How does the current microfinance model in the Netherlands look like?<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 9<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
• What different players in the Dutch microfinance model can be identified?<br />
• By focussing on what player, will the largest move towards contribution be<br />
realized?<br />
• How can the identified PMSs improve the sustainability of this player?<br />
• How do the PMSs need to be adjusted to be suited <strong>for</strong> the needs of this<br />
player?<br />
• What elements of the PMS are relevant <strong>for</strong> this player?<br />
1.6 The Research Strategy, Philosophical Stance and Approach<br />
Now that the central and sub-question(s) of this research are set, the question in turn<br />
is how these can be answered. The potential move towards sustainability will be<br />
based on; already available literature, best practices and the current state of the<br />
Dutch microfinance sector. This method of carrying out research is theory-building.<br />
Theory-building is an inductive approach to research, as theory follows data rather<br />
than the other way around (Saunders, Lewis and Thornhill, 2009). To improve the<br />
model, however, it is possible to combine both inductive and deductive (theory-<br />
testing) research. This is can be done using a Grounded Theory (GT) strategy. GT is<br />
‘theory that emerges from data’ (Glaser and Strauss 1967). GT starts by taking an<br />
inductive approach followed by a deductive approach to test the theory that is being<br />
built. By using this approach, the philosophical stance of the realist can be applied,<br />
which combines the best of both the positivistic method and interpretivistic method’s<br />
world view (Saunders et al., 2009).<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 10<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
1.7 Research and Report Structure<br />
Using GT structures, the research and the report accordingly.<br />
• To determine what PMSs are being used by MFIs throughout the world, further<br />
discussion on the sustainability of MFIs and the role of PMSs is held through a<br />
literature review in chapter 2.<br />
• As a result of the initial research, it is expected that Dutch MFIs can move<br />
towards sustainability by the use of appropriate PMSs. This needs to be<br />
confirmed by an extended literature review. In addition, the literature review<br />
needs to shed light on what particular PMS can be used, in order to have to<br />
optimal impact. This step will be described in chapter 3.<br />
• Chapter 4 covers the research design, which discusses and explains all the<br />
steps that will be taken in order to come to a valid, reliable and replicable<br />
conclusion at the end of this thesis.<br />
• After the design, the research is per<strong>for</strong>med. Chapter 5 describes the findings<br />
from the research. This is done accordingly to the categories as they were<br />
developed during the research.<br />
• In chapter 6, a discussion is held on the different categories developed during<br />
the research. The empirical findings are compared to the findings from the<br />
literature.<br />
• Chapter 7 concludes this research by summarizing the major findings and<br />
identifying the research opportunities <strong>for</strong> the future.<br />
Figure 1.3: The Research Model (Author)<br />
!<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 11<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
2. Theory and Literature Review – <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />
2.1 Introduction<br />
To determine what PMSs are being used by MFIs throughout the world, further<br />
discussion on the sustainability of MFIs and the role of PMSs is held through a<br />
literature review in this chapter. First background in<strong>for</strong>mation will be provided.<br />
Second the different practises from development countries are discussed. Thirdly<br />
microfinance in the industrialized countries will be discussed. Fourthly an important<br />
aspect of microfinance, the business development service (BDS) will be discussed<br />
and finally a conclusion will be drawn relating the further focus of this research.<br />
2.2 Background on <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />
According to the Journal of <strong>Microfinance</strong> the term defines what; ‘is arguably the most<br />
innovative strategy to address the problems of global poverty’ (Woodworth and<br />
Woller, 1999, p. 6.). This view is shared by the United Nations (UN), which<br />
designated the year 2005 as the International Year of Microcredit (UN, 1999). The<br />
key objective of the year was to unite Member States, UN Agencies and <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />
Partners in their shared interest to build sustainable and inclusive financial sectors<br />
(UN, 2004) and achieve the Millennium Development Goals (see The World Bank<br />
Group, 2009). Be<strong>for</strong>e the 1990s or 1980s both the terms ‘microcredit’ and<br />
‘microfinance’ were not used, neither in the academic literature nor by development<br />
aid practitioners (Schwiecker, 2004). The concept of providing financial services to<br />
low-income people, however, is much older.<br />
2.3 <strong>Microfinance</strong> in developing countries<br />
What is being regarded as microfinance nowadays initiated in the 1970s and focused<br />
on the provision of credit to the poor in order to reduce poverty and instigate social<br />
change. The process was driven by twenty-three Non-Governmental Organizations<br />
(NGOs), and came to be known as the ‘microcredit revolution’ (Phiri, 2009). This is<br />
associated to Nobel Peace Laureate, Muhammad Yunus, the founder and prophet of<br />
the microcredit movement and Bangladesh’s Grameen Bank (Businessweek, 2005).<br />
Powered by donor support and international publicity, Grameen Banking became the<br />
new model of microcredit (Seibel, 2005).<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 12<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
2.3.1 Double Bottom Line<br />
Most MFIs deal with a double bottom line. On the one hand they try to reach financial<br />
sustainability and on the other hand they try to increase their socioeconomic impact<br />
(Simanowitz, 2003). Finding the right balance between these two goals can be<br />
difficult. One of the tools that can help a MFI to promote financial per<strong>for</strong>mance as<br />
well as measure social per<strong>for</strong>mance is the client assessment tool (Woller, 2005). This<br />
tool helps to gather in<strong>for</strong>mation about the clients, analyze the in<strong>for</strong>mation and act on<br />
the in<strong>for</strong>mation. According to measurement expert Gary Woller, there are three<br />
generic approaches to client assessment (Crompton, 2007):<br />
1. Impact assessment;<br />
2. Market research;<br />
3. Client monitoring.<br />
Impact assessment is the process of both proving impact and improving<br />
interventions by measuring as accurately as possible the impact of an intervention<br />
and understanding the processes of intervention and their impacts so as to improve<br />
those processes (Hulme, 2000). This has become an increasingly important aspect<br />
of development activity as agencies and particularly aid donors have sought to<br />
ensure that funds are well spent. According to Pawlak and Matul (2004) impact<br />
assessment has a bad reputation by MFIs.<br />
Market research is the process of gathering in<strong>for</strong>mation on clients’ needs and wants,<br />
behaviours and perceptions. If carried out properly and if the data is used effectively<br />
it has the potential to strengthen financial per<strong>for</strong>mance (Crompton, 2007).<br />
Client monitoring is the process of tracking changes in clients’ profiles, well-being<br />
and behaviour. This will allow a MFI to monitor the socioeconomic status of their<br />
clients and consequently determine its social per<strong>for</strong>mance (Crompton, 2007).<br />
2.3.2 Mission drift?<br />
The phenomenon of mission drift captures the process whereby MFIs depart from<br />
their social mission, and increasingly focus on their financial per<strong>for</strong>mance. This focus<br />
on financial per<strong>for</strong>mance may harm the potential impact and outreach of<br />
microfinance programs, diminishing the poverty alleviation potential of microfinance.<br />
At the same time, this focus may harm the dual return that <strong>for</strong>eign institutional<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 13<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
investors expect to gain from the financial and social per<strong>for</strong>mance that MFI invested<br />
in. Both effects may occur if the balance between the financial and social<br />
per<strong>for</strong>mance of a MFI turns into a trade-off. The ongoing process of the<br />
commercialization of MFIs is leading to such a trade-off (Engels, 2009).<br />
In July 2008, the Financial Times warned <strong>for</strong> the commercialization of MFIs. The<br />
increasing interest of institutional investors, and the large amount of money injected<br />
into the microfinance industry, seems to enhance the <strong>for</strong>-profit motive in the industry.<br />
Muhammad Yunus, claimed; ‘when you are making profits you are moving into the<br />
mentality of the loan shark. We are trying to get that loan shark out’ (Burgis, 2008).<br />
Gokhale (2009) notes that <strong>for</strong> ambitious MFIs, maximizing profits seems to become a<br />
means to attract funding and a key objective by itself.<br />
2.3.3 Social Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement<br />
The <strong>Microfinance</strong> Centre (MFC) <strong>for</strong> Central and Eastern Europe (CEE) and the New<br />
Independent States argues that the key to developing sustainable social per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />
management (SPM) systems and practices is by integrating these systems within the<br />
operational organization. This approach enables MFIs to achieve their social mission,<br />
because if there is no system to support improvement in social per<strong>for</strong>mance, the<br />
MFIs social mission may be lost in the drive of reaching the financial targets.<br />
Combining social and financial measures can even increase financial returns in the<br />
long run, due to a better understanding of target clients and allocating resources in a<br />
more efficient way and thereby avoiding unnecessary costs of inefficient actions.<br />
Moreover, combining these indicators will enable managers to successfully balance<br />
institutional and development impact trade-offs while striving to achieve the ‘double<br />
bottom line’ and improve overall per<strong>for</strong>mance (Pawlak and Matul, 2004). The role of<br />
microfinance differs from one context to another. Based on a needs assessment,<br />
each MFI aims to develop services <strong>for</strong> selected target groups. Each MFI perceives its<br />
role in a different way and wants to achieve different objectives. Given this<br />
uniqueness of MFIs, there is a need <strong>for</strong> different systems and approaches <strong>for</strong><br />
measuring social per<strong>for</strong>mance. Each system needs to answer the following central<br />
questions:<br />
• Verification – How successful is the mission being fulfilled?<br />
• Improvement – What can be done to better fulfil the mission?<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 14<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
The SPM should have the following functions (Pawlak and Matul, 2004):<br />
1. Identifying target clientele;<br />
2. Monitoring client status change among target clientele (both current and<br />
existing clients);<br />
3. Stimulating the search <strong>for</strong> new solutions to improve the fulfilment of the<br />
organizational mission through targeting tools, new products, partnerships,<br />
delivery channels, etc.<br />
Figure 2.1: SPM system Framework (Pawlak and Matul, 2004)<br />
!<br />
The MFC has developed a Toolkit<br />
based on the <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard<br />
(BSC) methodology, to help MFIs<br />
professionalize their strategic<br />
management processes and improve<br />
their double bottom line. The Toolkit<br />
minimizes the risk of mission drift <strong>for</strong><br />
those MFIs, which grow fast, trans<strong>for</strong>m<br />
themselves into regulated institutions<br />
and/or compete aggressively with<br />
other market players (<strong>Microfinance</strong><br />
Centre, 2007, p. 2). One of the tools in<br />
the Toolkit, inspired by the BSC is the<br />
!<br />
Strategy Map (see figure 2.2). Since social impact is important <strong>for</strong> microfinance a fifth<br />
perspective (traditionally the BSC has four perspectives, see paragraph 3.2.2) is<br />
<strong>added</strong>. This perspective is called the social perspective.<br />
Figure 2.2: Strategy Map (MFC, 2007)<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 15<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
2.4 <strong>Microfinance</strong> in (Western) Europe<br />
Micro-credit and microfinance in (Western) Europe are rather new phenomena and<br />
were first put seriously on the agenda in the early nineties. In a relatively short period<br />
both have been embraced fully by politicians at the European Union, and at some<br />
national levels (see figure 2.3), as a valuable instrument <strong>for</strong> social and economic<br />
development (Molenaar, 2009). There is a spread belief in Europe that microcredit<br />
can play an important role within the 10 year Lisbon strategy <strong>for</strong> growth and<br />
employment and achieve social inclusion, which goals should have been achieved by<br />
2010 (Canale, 2010).<br />
In the 2007 Survey of the <strong>Microfinance</strong> sector in Europe (Jayo, Rico and Lacalle,<br />
2008) an assessment was made of the Mission Statements of the majority of the<br />
organizations. These could be classified into the following four main categories:<br />
• Job creation and entrepreneurship promotion;<br />
• Small and Medium Enterprise (SME) and economic development;<br />
• Financial inclusion;<br />
• Social inclusion and the fight against poverty.<br />
Figure 2.3: Number of Loans Disbursed by Country 2008-2009 (Molenaar, 2010)<br />
Due<br />
!<br />
to the different missions of different organizations, different perspectives and<br />
models have been developed. One perspective about microfinance is that it is<br />
sustainable: ‘Dozen of institutions have proved that financial services <strong>for</strong> poor people<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 16<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
can cover their full cost, through adequate interest spreads, relentless focus on<br />
efficiency, and aggressive en<strong>for</strong>cement of repayment’ (Littlefield and Rosenberg,<br />
2004). An opposite perspective is: ‘MFIs that focus on financial self-sufficiency bear<br />
the burden of proving that they are truly reaching the very poor. If not, then they are<br />
pushing the microfinance industry to abandon its <strong>value</strong>-based roots, and concern <strong>for</strong><br />
the poor, however earnest, can be become simply an excuse to make a buck.’<br />
(Woller, Dun<strong>for</strong>d and Warner, 1999).<br />
2.4.1 <strong>Microfinance</strong> Institutions Goals<br />
One of the main goals of European MFIs is to become sustainable over the long run<br />
(Jayo et al., 2008). The outcomes of the working paper are average <strong>for</strong> the European<br />
Union (see figure 2.4) there is however a difference between Western Europe and<br />
CEE. In CEE, where microfinance was introduced after the fall of the wall, MFIs<br />
traditionally focus on profitability, scale and sustainability (Hartarska et al., 2006). In<br />
Western European, on the other hand, MFIs have a strong focus on social inclusion<br />
and pay less or almost no attention to profitability (Evers and Jung, 2007).<br />
!<br />
!<br />
2.4.2 <strong>Microfinance</strong> Institutions Modes<br />
According to Pollinger, et al. (2007) there are three different modes in which MFIs<br />
operate:<br />
• Survival;<br />
• Sustainability;<br />
Figure 2.4: Future Goals of European MFIs (Jayo et al., 2008)<br />
• Self-sufficiency.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 17<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
A MFI in the survival mode can barely cover its monthly expenses and faces a slow<br />
death when money runs out. A sustainable MFI covers its annual expenses, but<br />
relies heavily on donations, grants or other <strong>for</strong>ms of public of private subsidies<br />
besides its own income. Finally a self-sufficient MFI is able to cover all its expenses<br />
from lending and related operations. Most organizations are in between survival and<br />
sustainable mode (Pollinger et al., 2007). Two specific definitions of sustainability are<br />
widely used, operational and financial. Operational sustainability refers to the ability<br />
of a MFI to cover its expenses by its incomes generated from its core activities. The<br />
two most important incomes are fees and interest generated from its loan portfolio.<br />
Financial sustainability refers to the ability to cover its costs if it had to raise 100% of<br />
its loan portfolio through recapitalization and through borrowing funds at the market<br />
rate (CGAP, 2003; CDFA, 2006).<br />
Reaching financial sustainability is not <strong>for</strong> every MFI the ultimate strategic goal.<br />
Vinelli (2002) gives five supporting arguments why MFIs should. The first reason is<br />
that it helps to ensure organizational survival and thus continuing (financial) support<br />
that is desired by many micro-entrepreneurs. Once borrowers feel that the MFI itself<br />
has financial problems or that it will not punish them when they do not repay (in time)<br />
the default rate will increase 1 (Schreiner and Morduch, 2002; Gonzalez-Vega, 1998;<br />
Bates, 1995). Second, pricing their products at market levels will enable MFIs to<br />
attract the target of non-bankable (but potentially viable) borrowers who do not have<br />
access to cheaper products. Third, traditional lenders have to compete with<br />
organizations that benefit from large subsidies. Fourth, once sustainable MFIs will be<br />
able to raise funds from variable sources. Finally, focusing on sustainability will<br />
require the management to control its costs. This last argument can cause mission<br />
drift to occur. The reason <strong>for</strong> this is that it is easier to increase self-sufficiency by<br />
lending to individuals with better credit records. Consequently the real financial<br />
excluded will not be reached. Hence, instead of searching <strong>for</strong> borrowers that are<br />
cheaper and easier to serve, lenders need to work harder and more efficiently and<br />
even create less expensive products (Schreiner and Morduch, 2002; Vinelli, 2002).<br />
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!<br />
1 This is one of the reasons why ‘Stichting Microkrediet Nederland’ operates under the name Qredits<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 18<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
According to Von Pischke (2002) the best practice <strong>for</strong> the microfinance industry is<br />
sustainability and eventually self-sufficiency. There<strong>for</strong>e sustainable institutions need<br />
to be created. In this sense European MFIs have been increasingly pressured to<br />
adapt more business like practices and become self-sufficient. Dayson, et al. (2009)<br />
conducted a benchmarking study of five UK MFIs. As part of this study they analyzed<br />
and modelled the past and future per<strong>for</strong>mance of their loan portfolios, their<br />
partnerships, and the way in which their staff members spent their time and the<br />
processes and structures driving this time-use. They include previous research into<br />
the UK MFI sector, which has identified three pathways of improving financial and<br />
operational sustainability 2 :<br />
• Staff productivity and efficiency;<br />
• Effective partnerships (to reduce costs and increase client base);<br />
• An appropriately mixed loan portfolio.<br />
2.4.3 Benchmarks<br />
In the UK, MFIs are referred to as Community Development Finance Institutions<br />
(CDFIs). CDFIs are often seen as the developed world counterparts of MFIs that<br />
operate in developing countries. A key point of discussion has been whether it is<br />
appropriate to use the same kinds of measures and techniques in both contexts. In<br />
addition to the fact that CDFIs’ activities extend beyond microfinance, there is a belief<br />
that the differences between microfinance in developing and developed countries are<br />
very significant (Servon, 1999), and that there is a need <strong>for</strong> PMSs that suite the<br />
specific needs of developed economies.<br />
Due to different types of organizations and circumstances in European countries (see<br />
figure 2.5) the benchmarks in terms of the degree of self-sustainability <strong>for</strong> different<br />
MFIs need to be individually adjustable, depending on target groups and services<br />
provided (Jung et al., 2009). Kramer-Eis and Con<strong>for</strong>ti (2009) state that developing<br />
and maintaining a flexible and sustainable funding model <strong>for</strong> microfinance operations<br />
that will allow the MFIs to realize their individual approach will be a major challenge.<br />
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!<br />
" !During the previous one and a half to two years, Qredits has provided around 850 microloans.<br />
Several respondents felt that this number is quite low, considering that Qredits employs twenty-six<br />
people; there<strong>for</strong>e similar research could be conduct in the Netherlands. Part of this research could be<br />
to identify more specifically the demand <strong>for</strong> microcredit in the Netherlands. !<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 19<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
The main factors that negatively affect the move toward a sustainable model, so far<br />
identified are (Evers and Jung, 2007; Guichandut and Underwood, 2007):<br />
1. Difficult and little developed market place;<br />
2. Sector immaturity;<br />
3. Presence of subsidies.<br />
According to Jung, et al. (2009) financial and non-financial services should be<br />
considered as separate cost centres when developing such a model. The financial<br />
operations may become sustainable in the long run, but the Business Development<br />
Services (BDS) <strong>for</strong> disadvantaged target groups will remain liable on subsidies.<br />
Figure 2.5: Social Inclusion of Enterprise Development (Molenaar, 2010)<br />
!<br />
2.5 Business Development Services<br />
2.5.1 Introduction<br />
Data indicates that approximately 98 percent of<br />
European companies are small businesses<br />
(SBs). Of these small firms, 91 percent are<br />
micro-firms, employing less than 10 individuals,<br />
while 50 percent are sole proprietorships (see<br />
figure 2.6 and table 2.1) (European<br />
Commission, 2007). Moreover, as the industrial Figure 2.6: Types of Enterprises<br />
(European Commission, 2007)<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 20<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
sector in Europe is in decline while the service industry and modern technology is<br />
steadily growing, micro and small enterprises have gained and are still gaining<br />
importance (Lämmermann, Zamorano and Guichandut, 2007).<br />
Enterprise category Headcount Turnover or Balance sheet total<br />
Medium-sized < 250 ! " 50 million ! " 43 million<br />
Small < 50 ! " 10 million ! " 10 million<br />
Micro < 10 ! " 2 million ! " 2 million<br />
Table 2.1: Enterprise Category (European Commission, 2007)<br />
The !<br />
three major European <strong>Microfinance</strong> Networks share this view. One of their key<br />
recommendations <strong>for</strong> policy makers from their shared advisory report (CDFA, MFC,<br />
EMN, 2007) is to recognise that microfinance is broader than the provision of credit.<br />
It includes a range of other financial services, such as savings, insurance and<br />
leasing. However, other non-financial services such as BDS and financial literacy are<br />
needed to fight all aspects of social and financial exclusion. The European Networks<br />
argue that this will significantly enhance the operations of microfinance institutions<br />
(MFIs), which will, in turn, increase their impact, accelerating the inclusion process.<br />
Jayo, et al. (2008) made similar recommendations.<br />
2.5.2 What are BDS?<br />
In 2002 the Micro-Finance Skills Project described BDS as all external non-financial<br />
support to enterprises that:<br />
• Increases operational capacity;<br />
• Provides access to markets;<br />
• Improves management skills;<br />
• Improves financial efficiency;<br />
• Provides access to networks and in<strong>for</strong>mation.<br />
According to Lämmermann, et al., (2007) support services are especially important<br />
<strong>for</strong> microenterprises (enterprises with less than ten employees). Micro entrepreneurs<br />
often lack technical and managerial skills, in<strong>for</strong>mation and market access, factors<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 21<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
that are needed in order to trans<strong>for</strong>m a microloan into a competitive microenterprise.<br />
BDS address these constraints and comprise a wide variety of different non-financial<br />
pre- and post-loan services. Formerly BDS suppliers mainly focused on providing<br />
training and assessment services. However, in the last years, the range has<br />
broadened and now it also includes ef<strong>for</strong>ts to improve access to marketing services<br />
and in<strong>for</strong>mation resources. In addition, infrastructure development and policy re<strong>for</strong>m<br />
are now referred to when talking about BDS. According to Granger and Lämmerman<br />
(2009) BDS enable new entrepreneurs to face administrative procedures, implement<br />
accountancy and management systems, establish a bank relationship and identify<br />
commercial opportunities. In addition, they reduce the risk of non-repayment of the<br />
loan. For business support, many MFIs rely on volunteers.<br />
Since the development of microfinance in Europe, BDS have been regarded as an<br />
essential factor <strong>for</strong> the successful realization of a microloan. This stands in contrast<br />
to microfinance in developing countries, where credits are more often delivered<br />
without additional business support.<br />
2.5.3 Lessons from the Past<br />
Molenaar (2009) argues that we need to learn from the past. According to him small<br />
and medium-sized enterprises (SME) have received significant attention in the<br />
seventies and eighties and many programmes have been experimented with. Special<br />
SME financing programmes were developed, as well as training and consultancy<br />
services. Evaluations of SME development programmes in the eighties showed the<br />
limitations of the methods and programmes; they did not reach large numbers of<br />
people, were considered costly and were offering all kinds of services to the SME<br />
sector in a supply driven, ineffective and inefficient way.<br />
The comprehensive evaluations of the small-scale industries sector in the late<br />
eighties (Keddie, Nanjundan and Teszler, 1988) provide an in-depth insight into the<br />
numerous pitfalls encountered in small and micro-enterprise development and<br />
promotion programmes. Their studies clearly spell out the weaknesses of the SME<br />
support systems adopted, programmes developed and policies pursued. These<br />
weaknesses led to supply-focused, often isolated support, reaching few people at a<br />
relatively high cost.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 22<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
According to Molenaar (2009) the lessons drawn from such analyses are manifold<br />
and have an important influence on the design of micro-enterprise programmes and<br />
on the role of related BDS. Some of these are:<br />
• The need <strong>for</strong> an enabling environment that will be conducive to the<br />
development of the micro- and small enterprise sector;<br />
• The importance of involving financial institutions in credit and financing<br />
programmes and the need to think in financial systems rather than in credit<br />
lines proper;<br />
• The importance to professionalise intermediary institutions and organisations<br />
and to assist these in their organisational and related human resources<br />
development processes;<br />
• The importance to boost and promote local entrepreneurship resulting in clear<br />
demand <strong>for</strong> services;<br />
• The need <strong>for</strong> flexible programmes that can be adjusted to changing needs in<br />
the small and micro-enterprise sector.<br />
2.5.4 Types of BDS<br />
Harper (2000) following Carney (1998) proposes an interesting approach to BDS. He<br />
categorizes BDS by the capital assets, which people need to live on: physical, social,<br />
natural and human (see table 2.2).<br />
Capital Asset Relevant Business Development Services<br />
Physical The provision of home-based business space, power, water, factory<br />
sheds, business incubators, land tenure, roadside rights, transport,<br />
common service equipment<br />
Social The development of co-operatives, self-help groups, business<br />
associations, clusters, networks, franchising, chambers of commerce.<br />
Assistance with in<strong>for</strong>mation and with linkages to customers and to<br />
suppliers<br />
Natural Promotion of sustainable use of raw materials, recycling, pollution<br />
reduction, waste disposal<br />
Human Training, advice, counselling, consultancy, in technical skills,<br />
‘entrepreneurship’ and in business management<br />
Table 2.2: Business Development Service Categories (Harper, 2000)!<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 23<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
According to Lämmermann, et al. (2007) this categorization is useful because it<br />
highlights the fact that BDS include a wide range of different development services.<br />
Additionally, it points out the importance of locating BDS in a wider context while at<br />
the same time adapting them to individual business’ needs. Meanwhile, another,<br />
equally useful approach is proposed by the Committee of Donor Agencies <strong>for</strong> Small<br />
Enterprise Development in its ‘Guiding Principles <strong>for</strong> Donor Intervention on BDS <strong>for</strong><br />
Small Enterprises’ (World Bank, 2001). It differentiates two types of BDS services,<br />
namely strategic and operational. While operational services designate those<br />
services needed <strong>for</strong> day-to-day operations (in<strong>for</strong>mation and communication,<br />
management of accounts and compliance with regulations), strategic services<br />
address medium and long-term issues related to a business’ market access or<br />
competitiveness.<br />
2.5.5 BDS Dimensions<br />
According to the Small Enterprise Education and Promotion (SEEP) Network Guide<br />
to BDS, (in Ribbink, 2003) BDS comprise of the following seven dimensions:<br />
1. Training and technical assistance: management training, feasibility studies,<br />
technical training, counselling and advisory services (management and<br />
planning advice, assistance in making loan applications and advice on dealing<br />
with financing institutions);<br />
2. Access to larger markets: strengthened linkages between SMEs and larger<br />
enterprises (joint ventures, sub-contracting arrangements, technology transfer<br />
or marketing contracts), trade fairs and exhibitions and improved advertising;<br />
3. Improved Infrastructure: strengthening the capacity of micro entrepreneurs in<br />
such fields as transport and delivery, money transfer and Internet services;<br />
4. Input supply: improving suppliers’ capacity to provide regular supply of quality<br />
inputs;<br />
5. Product development: technology transfer, quality insurance programs and<br />
design services;<br />
6. Alternative financing mechanisms: notably the facilitation of supplier credit;<br />
7. Policy/advocacy: training in policy advocacy; policy studies.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 24<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Figure 2.7: Overview of BDS (Micro-Finance Skills Project, 2002)<br />
These !<br />
different approaches emphasize the importance of pre- and post-loan services<br />
<strong>for</strong> making effective use of microcredit and establishing a healthy and growing<br />
microenterprise. Meanwhile it has to be noted that most SB people do not conceive<br />
that they need BDS. In many situations, they use services that are in<strong>for</strong>mally<br />
provided <strong>for</strong> them, <strong>for</strong> example in<strong>for</strong>mation and advice provided by relatives, friends<br />
or by media programs as well as BDS that are ‘embedded’ or ‘bundled’, that is,<br />
supplied as a by-product within other commercial relationships. Formal BDS in<br />
contrast are those provided through special arrangements, conditions or contracts<br />
between a business development agency and the owner of the business<br />
(Lämmermann et al. 2007). Figure 2.7 indicates the different BDS needs, services<br />
and providers <strong>for</strong> micro-entrepreneurs.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 25<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
2.5.6 Success of BDS<br />
Lämmermann, et al. (2007) argue that in Europe, a wide range of <strong>for</strong>mal business<br />
service providers <strong>for</strong> micro- and small enterprises exists. This includes the Chambers<br />
of Commerce as well as public and semi-public business support agencies. Private,<br />
self-sustaining agencies <strong>for</strong> support services to micro- and small enterprises are<br />
much less common though. There are certainly many individual enterprises that can<br />
testify that assistance from support organisations has made a crucial difference to<br />
their business per<strong>for</strong>mance at significant points in their development. Assessment of<br />
the impact of such services on general economic per<strong>for</strong>mance at a more aggregate<br />
level is rather more difficult. There is evidence, presented in the Global<br />
Competitiveness Report (Porter et al., 2002), that factors influencing the quality of the<br />
business environment can have a greater impact on per<strong>for</strong>mance than is generally<br />
appreciated. Differences in the availability of business in<strong>for</strong>mation between countries,<br />
<strong>for</strong> instance, are strongly associated with variations in per capita income (European<br />
Commission, 2001).<br />
2.5.7 BDS Criticism<br />
There is also criticism on the current policies. Shane (2009) states that policy makers<br />
often think that creating more start-up companies will trans<strong>for</strong>m depressed economic<br />
regions, generate innovation, and create jobs. Shane argues that this view is flawed<br />
because he believes that the typical start-up is not innovative, creates few jobs, and<br />
generates little wealth. The vast majority of people founding new businesses aren’t<br />
entrepreneurs in the sense of people building companies that grow, generating both<br />
jobs and wealth. Rather, they are founding wage-substitution businesses that have<br />
more in common with self-employment than with the creation of high growth<br />
companies. According to Shane getting economic growth and jobs creation from<br />
entrepreneurs is not a numbers game. It is about encouraging the <strong>for</strong>mation of high<br />
quality, high growth companies. Shane believes that policy makers should stop<br />
subsidizing the <strong>for</strong>mation of the typical start-up and focus on the subset of<br />
businesses with growth potential. He states; ‘while government officials will not be<br />
able to, [similar to venture capitalists] ‘pick winners,’ they can identify start-ups with a<br />
low probability of generating jobs and enhancing economic growth. By eliminating<br />
incentives to create these low probability companies, policy makers can improve the<br />
average per<strong>for</strong>mance of new businesses’.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 26<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
2.6 Conclusion<br />
Based on the literature presented above, four conclusions can be drawn. The first<br />
conclusion is that this research will have the most <strong>added</strong> <strong>value</strong> when focussing on<br />
the pre-loan BDS in the Netherlands. This conclusion is threefold.<br />
• First of all, the BDS is of major importance of the survival rate of starting<br />
entrepreneurs, improving this survival rate will have a significant contribution<br />
towards the sustainability of the complete sector.<br />
• Secondly the partial research conducted so far on the microfinance sector in<br />
the western world is primarily focused on the improvement of the credit-related<br />
MFIs, less research has been carried out with the focus on the BDS provided<br />
in the western world. At the moment of research no specific PMS has been<br />
found used or provided to start up micro entrepreneurs.<br />
• Thirdly, the relative late introduction of microfinance in the Netherlands<br />
allowed the Dutch MFIs to benefit from <strong>for</strong>eign experiences. This phenomenon<br />
is called the dialectics of progress and enabled the single (major) microcredit<br />
supplier in the Netherlands, Qredits, to develop a PMS that incorporates many<br />
of the advantages a BSC related PMS can deliver to an organization 3 . !<br />
The second conclusion is that since the development of microfinance in Europe, BDS<br />
have been regarded as an essential factor <strong>for</strong> the successful realization of a<br />
microloan. This stands in contrast to microfinance in developing countries, where<br />
credits are more often delivered without additional business support.<br />
The third conclusion is that BDS are expensive and rely heavily on government<br />
subsidies, there<strong>for</strong>e government officials need to limit BDS to starting entrepreneurs<br />
with sufficient growth potential.<br />
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!<br />
3 One of the strengths of the BSC is to make qualitative per<strong>for</strong>mance indicators quantitatively<br />
measurable. Qredits realizes this through the use of standard screenings reports each business<br />
consultant has to fill in according to a standard set of questions, while interviewing the potential<br />
entrepreneur.<br />
!<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 27<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
The final conclusion relates to the PMS used by MFIs. Because most MFI cope with<br />
a double bottom line, they are in pursuit of a PMS that allows them to measure both<br />
financial and non-financial results. A PMS that is invented to deal with financial and<br />
non-financial measures is the <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard (BSC) (see chapter 3). The<br />
literature above showed that examples of PMS related or based on the BSC are<br />
already present in practise.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 28<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
3. Theory and Literature Review – <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard<br />
‘The scorecard is not a way of <strong>for</strong>mulating strategy. It is a way of<br />
understanding and checking what you have to do throughout the organization<br />
to make your strategy work.’ (Quote from David Norton in Leadbeater, 1997).<br />
3.1 Introduction<br />
The previous chapter ended with the conclusion that in order to enable MFIs to cope<br />
with the double bottom line, a PMS is required that enables them to manage their<br />
organization based on both financial and non-financial per<strong>for</strong>mance indicators.<br />
Another conclusion was that in order to provide a prevalent contribution towards the<br />
sustainability of the Dutch microfinance sector the focus of this research should be<br />
on the MFIs that provide BDS to starting entrepreneurs. First background in<strong>for</strong>mation<br />
about the BSC will be provided. Secondly, lessons will be drawn from examples of<br />
PMSs beyond the private sector different practises from development countries are<br />
discussed. Finally the specific characteristics of MSEs will be discussed.<br />
3.2 The Characteristics of the <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard<br />
According to Gomes and Liddle (2009) public sector organizations have increased<br />
their use of per<strong>for</strong>mance indicators as a tool <strong>for</strong> monitoring, managing and measuring<br />
per<strong>for</strong>mance. Per<strong>for</strong>mance indicators have been devised from several different tools,<br />
frameworks and models, such as the Business Excellence Model, Investors in<br />
People, charter mark, ISO 9000, the balanced scorecard and benchmarking<br />
(McAdam, Hazlett and Casey, 2005). An alternative list of per<strong>for</strong>mance management<br />
models was suggested by Lee (2006): the Per<strong>for</strong>mance Pyramid, the Results and<br />
Determinants Matrix, the <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard, the Consistent Per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />
Measurement System, and the Integrated Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement System. The<br />
common point between the two lists is Kaplan and Norton’s (1996) <strong>Balanced</strong><br />
Scorecard. To understand the use of the BSC its background will be discussed in the<br />
next paragraph.<br />
3.2.1 Background<br />
During the early stages of the development of the model, the emphasis was on<br />
integrating financial and non-financial measurements, (McNair, Lynch and Cross,<br />
1990) to make it possible <strong>for</strong> these different metrics to provide the same signal or<br />
outcome (McNair and Mosconi, 1987). In the early 1990s, Harvard professor Robert<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 29<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Kaplan and international strategy consultant David Norton proposed the first<br />
generation of the BSC as a framework to provide structure <strong>for</strong> related sets of<br />
organizational per<strong>for</strong>mance measures. The framework uses strategic and financial<br />
measures to assess the outcome of a chosen strategy by combining quantitative and<br />
qualitative measures (Lynch, 2009), enabling a company to align its smaller-scale<br />
operational activities with the larger-scale objectives in terms of vision and strategy<br />
(Kaplan and Norton, 1992; 1993; 1996c; 2004).<br />
Its designers have claimed that it addresses many of the shortcomings of the more<br />
traditional accounting approaches to organizational per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement<br />
(Kaplan and Norton, 1996a). They argue that per<strong>for</strong>mance measures should move<br />
beyond the normal financial ratio data such as return on capital employed and<br />
earnings per share. They claim that these functional measures leave out the process<br />
of strategy implementation, while the process is what really matters: ‘Processes have<br />
replaced (or are replacing) departments and functions’ (Kaplan and Norton, 1996a).<br />
The following three main types of process are identified (Lynch, 2009):<br />
Management - how the leader runs the organization, how decisions are made and<br />
implemented; Business - how products are designed, orders fulfilled, customers’<br />
satisfaction achieved and so on; Work - how work is operationalized, purchased,<br />
stored manufactured and so on.<br />
3.2.2 Structure<br />
The framework consists of four predefined and interrelated perspectives, which need<br />
to appear on every scorecard (see figure 3.1). Within the general framework specific<br />
measures can be selected, recognizing that every strategy is unique. Hence, while<br />
the BSC specifies the categories of measures to be used, it also has the flexibility to<br />
customize its design to user requirements through the selection of individual<br />
measures within each category. Due to these characteristics the BSC has become a<br />
very popular model and is one of the most widely used recent innovations in<br />
management accounting (Cobbald and Lawrie, 2002, p. 4). The traditional four key<br />
strategic perspectives are (Kaplan and Norton, 1996a, pp. 30-1):<br />
• Financial - how a company wishes to be viewed by its shareholders;<br />
• Customer - how a company wishes to be viewed by its customers;<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 30<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
• Business Processes - indicates the areas where the company needs to<br />
stand out in order to satisfy its customers and shareholders;<br />
• Learning & Growth - involves the improving developments that the company<br />
needs to realize if its strategy and vision are to be achieved<br />
Recognizing that some corporate visions and strategies may require additional<br />
perspectives, Kaplan and Norton state that some variation of the BSC framework is<br />
possible (Kaplan and Norton, 1996a, p. 34).<br />
Figure 3.1: The BSC framework (Adapted from Kaplan and Norton, 1996a, p. 9.)<br />
!<br />
3.2.3 Linking, Cause and Effect<br />
Without the linking of the four perspectives in a causal chain a ‘true’ BSC does not<br />
exist. Kaplan and Norton observe that: ‘Many managers believe they are using a<br />
BSC when they supplement traditional financial measures with generic, non-financial<br />
measures about customers, processes and employees … [But] A scorecard should<br />
contain outcome measures and the per<strong>for</strong>mance drivers of those outcomes, linked<br />
together in cause of effect relationship (Kaplan and Norton, 1996a, p. 53).<br />
In this vein, ‘The measurement system should make the relationships (hypotheses)<br />
among objectives (and measures) in the various perspectives explicit so that they<br />
can be managed and validated’ (Kaplan & Norton, 1996a, p. 30). For example,<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 31<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
investments in learning will lead to a better internal business process, which, in turn,<br />
is likely to improve a customer’s satisfaction and loyalty, and there<strong>for</strong>e result in a<br />
higher return on investments, which would satisfy shareholders (see figure 3.2)<br />
(Kaplan & Norton, 2001).<br />
Figure 3.2: The Assumed Causal Relationship in the BSC<br />
!<br />
3.2.4 Indicators<br />
‘improving organizational per<strong>for</strong>mance by monitoring financial per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />
[i.e. a primary per<strong>for</strong>mance measure] is as useless as trying to improve a<br />
sports team’s per<strong>for</strong>mance by only reporting the scores of its games’<br />
(Atkinson and Waterhouse, 1997).<br />
According to the MFC (2007) a well-designed BSC uses indicators to provide a<br />
company with a way to measure progress toward achieving its mission and the<br />
execution of its strategy. Selecting the appropriate indicators is one of the most<br />
critical steps in developing a BSC <strong>for</strong> a company. There are many possible kinds of<br />
indicators, but ‘lag’ indicators (outcome measures) and ‘lead’ indicators (per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />
drivers) are most useful in strategic management.<br />
Lag indicators are the measurable outcomes of actions previously taken and<br />
provide an overall score (e.g. sales volume, market share). They allow a company to<br />
track historical per<strong>for</strong>mance and to understand how results change over time. Most<br />
financial indicators are of the lag variety and are often expressed by ratios<br />
(percentages).<br />
(Adapted from Hopper, Northcott and Scapens, 2007, p. 178).<br />
Lead indicators are measurements of situations (or facts) that, at least in part,<br />
determine the desired and / or expected measurable outcomes expressed as lag<br />
indicators. For example, time spent with clients (a lead indicator) can determine an<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 32<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
increase in client satisfaction (lag indicator). Lead indicators allow a company to<br />
manage their strategy operationally. They can also help to indicate intermediate<br />
changes in processes or indentify intangible assets that are necessary to achieve the<br />
desired final result. Each perspective should have lead and lag indicators, creating a<br />
two-directional cause and effect chain.<br />
3.2.5 Purposes<br />
When a BSC is designed in this way, it is more than just a strategic measurement<br />
system; it will also be a strategic control system that acknowledges the different<br />
expectations of the various stakeholders. The key principles behind the scorecard<br />
are (Lynch, 2009, p. 508; Hopper et al., 2007, p. 178):<br />
• Translating the vision – through clarifying and gaining consensus;<br />
• Communicating and linking – by setting goals and establishing rewards <strong>for</strong><br />
success;<br />
• Business planning – to align objectives, allocate resources and establish<br />
milestones;<br />
• Feedback and learning – to review the subsequent per<strong>for</strong>mance against the<br />
plan.<br />
The ultimate purpose of the BSC is to translate the vision and strategy of an<br />
organization into measureable objectives with a practical meaning <strong>for</strong> management.<br />
3.2.6 Process<br />
The first step in achieving these purposes is, to clarify and translate the vision and<br />
strategy into specific strategic objectives and related measures. The next step is to<br />
translate the overall strategy and objectives into specific objectives and measures <strong>for</strong><br />
each team or employee (holding a key position in the organization). These objectives<br />
and per<strong>for</strong>mance measures will later be the basis <strong>for</strong> the rewards. The following step<br />
is to communicate these specific objectives in relation to the overall vision and<br />
strategy to all teams and employees (Kaplan and Norton, 1996a, p213). The final<br />
step is gaining feedback and learning <strong>for</strong>m it.<br />
3.2.7 Success of the BSC<br />
Lee (2006, p. 52) argues that the following characteristics legitimise the BSC as a<br />
useful framework <strong>for</strong> improving per<strong>for</strong>mance:<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 33<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
• Derived from strategy;<br />
• Stimulates continuous improvement;<br />
• Clearly defined purpose;<br />
• Simple to understand and use.<br />
Researchers and commentators have identified widespread satisfaction with the BSC<br />
as a tool <strong>for</strong> implementing and communicating strategy. For example, the following<br />
benefits have been recognized: the clarity of focus which it brings to the critical<br />
factors determining per<strong>for</strong>mance (Kanji and Sa, 2002; Ritter, 2003); its <strong>value</strong> as an<br />
in<strong>for</strong>mation system <strong>for</strong> diagnosis and control (Pandey, 2005); its contribution to the<br />
effectiveness of strategy implementation through the translation and communication<br />
of strategy in the <strong>for</strong>m of tangible measures (Kanji and Sa, 2002); its use as a<br />
substitute <strong>for</strong> traditional budgeting (Ax and Bjornenak, 2005); and its flexibility and fit<br />
to different organizations (Kanji and Sa, 2002).<br />
3.2.8 Criticism on the BSC<br />
However, research has also shown that BSC users are not very knowledgeable<br />
about the cause and effect relationships that should govern the selection of<br />
per<strong>for</strong>mance measures. In practice, users simply have a belief in the relationship<br />
between measures rather that testing and identifying the nature of actual<br />
relationships. Implementations have met a series of practical problems (Ahn, 2001).<br />
The BSC has also been criticized because the temporal link between the variables is<br />
not clear (Nørreklit, 2000; Kunc, 2008). If a cause and effect relationship requires a<br />
time lag between cause and effect, then it is problematic that time is not part of the<br />
scorecard. The effect of the measures will occur at different times as different areas<br />
of per<strong>for</strong>mance involve different time scales (Hopper et al., 2007).<br />
Herrscher (2006) argues <strong>for</strong> what he calls ‘the’ ’really’ ’integrated BSC’ that links<br />
functions, responsibilities, inputs and outputs. Nørreklit argues that some<br />
stakeholders, such as suppliers and public authorities, are excluded from the<br />
traditional BSC model and proposes that ‘a coherent strategy is one in which the<br />
properties of the different areas of strategic focus (finance, market requirements,<br />
technology, internal business processes, etc) are integrated and harmonized,<br />
allowing the ends planned to be achieved through the working together of the<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 34<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
properties of the different areas of focus’. In a similar vein, de Haas and Kleingeld<br />
(1999) define coherence in a per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement system as ‘an attribute of a<br />
per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement system which causes per<strong>for</strong>mance by the group acting<br />
upon that system to contribute to the per<strong>for</strong>mance of other interdependent groups<br />
and, thereby, to contribute to the per<strong>for</strong>mance of the organizational entity as a<br />
whole’.<br />
Organizations have focused on building an operational tool that apparently works at a<br />
technical level, rather that following the conceptual blueprint of Kaplan and Norton.<br />
As with many novel developments linked to control and remuneration, resistance to<br />
change had been apparent. Kasurinen (2002), <strong>for</strong> example, found that three different<br />
types of barriers to BSC implementation exist, which he terms ‘confusers’<br />
(uncertainty about the role <strong>for</strong> the BSC), ‘frustrators’ (the existence of an hostile<br />
engineering culture), and ‘delayers’ (difficulty in specifying strategies). Consequently<br />
the process of implementation requires careful attention if the BSC is to be adopted<br />
successfully. This view is confirmed by Ax and Bjornenak (2005), whose study of<br />
BSC diffusion in Sweden showed that its original framework had to be amended<br />
during implementation to suit ‘local’ culture and conditions. This was achieved by<br />
including an employee perspective, a link to an intellectual capital model, and the use<br />
of non-budgetary control systems.<br />
Finally, the model often proved to be a poor fit <strong>for</strong> small and service organizations.<br />
The fatal flaw in the BSC approach was the explicit reliance on a well-developed<br />
corporate strategy <strong>for</strong> successful implementation. There is significant empirical proof<br />
that a defined strategy is not a given <strong>for</strong> a SB (Watts, Baard and McNair, 2009a).<br />
3.3 Lessons from previously developed BSC models<br />
Many variations on the traditional BSC have been developed. This section will draw<br />
lessons from these previously developed models.<br />
3.3.1 The Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement Pyramid <strong>for</strong> Small Business<br />
Based on the Comprehensive Per<strong>for</strong>mance Management System (CPMS) (see figure<br />
B-5 in appendix B) developed by McNair and Watts (2009), Watts, Baard and McNair<br />
(2009b) developed a Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement Pyramid <strong>for</strong> Small Business (see<br />
figure B-6 in appendix B). They acknowledged that middle management does not<br />
exist in SB and there<strong>for</strong>e eliminated the middle layer of the CPMS. The three<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 35<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
emaining drivers of the model are; sustainability, productivity / flexibility and liquidity.<br />
Finally they state that SBs excel at meeting customers needs (see table 3.1).<br />
Authors Main findings<br />
Mc Nair and<br />
Watts (2009)*<br />
Watts, et al.<br />
(2009b)*<br />
• Developed the Comprehensive Per<strong>for</strong>mance Management System<br />
(CPMS) that integrated characteristics of several control systems<br />
• Builds on the work of Lynch and Cross (1991) as well as the model<br />
developed by CAM-I (McNair et al., 2000)<br />
• The integrated model combines traditional and modern perspectives on<br />
control, both top-down and bottom-up metrics, the internal versus<br />
external stakeholder perspective, and finally, the relationship of locus of<br />
control (organizational role) with the types of incentives that companies<br />
have found to be most useful in creating sustainable per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />
improvements.<br />
• Developed a per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement pyramid <strong>for</strong> SBs, based on the<br />
CPMS (McNair and Watts, 2009). The following changes have occurred<br />
to ensure the ‘fit’ to SBs:<br />
o The middle of the pyramid has collapsed; reflecting the fact that<br />
middle management is all but non-existent in SBs<br />
o Removing the middle layer from the model leaves the three<br />
primary dimensions noted by many researchers in this area to<br />
be key to the survival and growth of a SB (Watts and Preda,<br />
2004; Orser et al., 2000; Meredith, 1989)<br />
o These three dimensions are then expanded to a set of<br />
operational measures that allow the SB owner to plan <strong>for</strong>, and<br />
control, the operational pipeline that connects the SB to the<br />
customer<br />
o The remaining concerns; remaining liquid, being flexible, and<br />
constantly providing a superior experience to the firm’s<br />
customers, remains a constant concern not only found in<br />
successful SBs<br />
• While these are critical metrics <strong>for</strong> all organizations, then, the KPIs <strong>for</strong><br />
SBs also capture the fact that they excel at meeting customer needs<br />
because the customer is never more than one step removed from the<br />
operational pipeline. In SB, <strong>value</strong> is always created <strong>for</strong> the customer<br />
from the bottom up<br />
Table 3.1: Development of the Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement Pyramid <strong>for</strong> Small Business<br />
* Model presented in appendix B<br />
(Adapted from Watts et al., 2009b)!<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 36<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
3.3.2 Per<strong>for</strong>mance Management Beyond the Private Sector<br />
According to Kaplan and Norton (2001), the BSC needs some adjustments in order<br />
to fit to the modus operandi of not-<strong>for</strong>-profit organizations, because their main<br />
objectives are not finance-related. They suggest putting the customer at the top of<br />
the strategic map. However, even this small modification could be a complicated one.<br />
Kaplan and Norton (2001, p. 98), argue that ‘in a non-profit organization, donors<br />
provide the financial resources; they pay <strong>for</strong> the service, while another group, the<br />
constituents, receives the service. Who is the customer, the one paying or the one<br />
receiving?’ In order to address this strategic problem, they suggest that:<br />
‘Rather than have to make such a Solomonic decision, organizations place<br />
both the donor perspective and the recipient perspective, in parallel, at the top<br />
of their <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecards. They develop objectives <strong>for</strong> both donors and<br />
recipients, and then identify the internal processes that deliver desired <strong>value</strong><br />
propositions <strong>for</strong> both groups of ‘customers’’ (Kaplan & Norton, 2001, p. 98).<br />
According to Meadows and Pike (2009) examples of PMSs such as BSC in the third<br />
sector are still relatively rare in the literature; several studies however have been<br />
identified of the use of the BSC in the public sector. These different studies identify<br />
many different elements that need to be taken into account when developing a new<br />
BSC model (see table 3.2).<br />
Authors Main findings<br />
Wisniewski and<br />
Dickson (2001)<br />
Wisniewski and<br />
Olafsson (2004)<br />
McAdam, et al.<br />
(2005)<br />
• Illustrate the use of the BSC by Dumfries and Galloway Constabulary<br />
in Scotland as part of a strategic policing initiative<br />
• Discuss the experience of local authorities in using the BSC to<br />
improve per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />
• Demonstrate such improvement through effective per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />
measurement<br />
• Explored issues involved in developing and applying per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />
management approaches within a large UK public sector department<br />
• Found that staff at all levels had an understanding of the new system<br />
and perceived it as being beneficial<br />
• There were concerns that the approach was not continuously<br />
managed throughout the year and was in danger of becoming an<br />
annual event, rather than an on-going process<br />
• The change process seemed to have advanced without corresponding<br />
changes to appraisal and reward and recognition systems<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 37<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Greatbanks and<br />
Tapp (2007)<br />
Manville (2007)<br />
Irwin (2002)<br />
MFC (2007)* °<br />
Cobbold and<br />
Lawrie (2004)<br />
Meadows and<br />
Pike (2009)*<br />
• The business objectives were not aligned with motivating factors within<br />
the organization<br />
• The strategic integration of the stakeholder per<strong>for</strong>mance measures<br />
and scorecards was found to be essential to producing an overall<br />
stakeholder driven strategy within the case study organization<br />
• Consider the impact of implementing and using the BSC within a<br />
public service city council environment<br />
• A longitudinal case study approach is adopted in order to evaluate the<br />
impact of scorecards at three levels:<br />
o Strategic planning;<br />
o Team management;<br />
o Individual staff per<strong>for</strong>mance.<br />
• Evidence suggests that the use of scorecards enabled employees to<br />
appreciate their role, and focus on delivery of per<strong>for</strong>mance related<br />
measures, which support organizational strategy<br />
• Clarity of role appears to have a positive influence on the achievement<br />
of the organization’s business plan and excellence goals regarding the<br />
delivery of customer service<br />
• Study about the implementation of a PMS using the BSC within a not<br />
<strong>for</strong> profit small and medium sized enterprise (SME)<br />
• Noting that the motivation <strong>for</strong> adopting the scorecard were both<br />
internal and external due to the heavily regulated nature of the<br />
organization<br />
• Explores the use of strategy mapping (which demonstrates links<br />
between scorecard perspectives) as a tool to develop strategy in a<br />
public sector agency<br />
• Suggests a simplified version, which can communicate that strategy<br />
effectively, both inside and outside the organization<br />
• Describe changes to the definition of the BSC framework that have<br />
occurred since the early 1990s, recognizing within these changes<br />
three distinct generations of BSC design<br />
• Observed that these changes have improved the utility of the<br />
framework as a strategic management tool<br />
• Developed the Social Enterprise Scorecard<br />
• The four perspectives typical of the Kaplan and Norton model (see<br />
figure 3.1) have been replaced with others more suited to the needs of<br />
a leading investor, operating in the field of social venture capital:<br />
o Financial Perspective ! Financial Return<br />
o Customer Perspective ! Social Return (On Investment)<br />
o Business Processes ! Business Model<br />
o Learning & Growth ! Organizational Development<br />
• Three boxes represent different time perspectives:<br />
o The innermost box presents a picture of the current situation<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 38<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Gomes and<br />
Liddle (2009)*<br />
o The middle box provides an indication of where the social<br />
enterprise wishes to be in 18 months—2 years time<br />
o The outermost box projects a much more long term—5 to 10<br />
year perspective<br />
• The intention is to highlight the connections and continuities in the<br />
organization’s actions and strategies over time<br />
• A number of problems were experienced while using the Social<br />
Enterprise Scorecard Empirically:<br />
o The scorecard-based approach was not fully introduced to the<br />
organizations concerned prior to the initial assessment visit<br />
o Some of the early users expressed frustration during their initial<br />
attempts to use the tool<br />
o Some users had not encountered anything similar be<strong>for</strong>e;<br />
o Some were suspicious of it as a private sector model invented<br />
in business schools<br />
• It is clear that the Scorecard has to be used flexibly, if it is to be of real<br />
<strong>value</strong> to investor and investee<br />
• Used as an illustrative case study <strong>for</strong> the third sector, by using an<br />
organization that does not aim to produce a profit, rather, it was<br />
concerned with managing resources to foster research results at a<br />
lower cost and to act as a tugboat <strong>for</strong> public universities by improving<br />
efficiency and nimbleness<br />
• Concluded that the case study organization, although it does not<br />
pursue profits, desperately needs financial stability in order to survive<br />
• This is ensured by good financial per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />
• There<strong>for</strong>e they decided to put the financial dimension at the top<br />
Table 3.2: Per<strong>for</strong>mance Management Beyond the Private Sector (Author)<br />
° Model<br />
!<br />
discussed in paragraph 2.2.3<br />
* Model presented in appendix B<br />
3.4 Characteristics of Micro and Small Entrepreneurs<br />
Since the focus of this research is on entrepreneurs supported by MF-points, the next<br />
step is to identify the characteristics of these Micro and Small Entrepreneurs (MSE).<br />
3.4.1 Planning in the Small Business Sector<br />
‘Failing to plan is planning to fail’ (Unknown)<br />
According to Watts, et al. (2009b) there is one universal theme in the SB literature:<br />
few MSE have a well-developed strategy (see table 3.3). As the tabled literature<br />
suggests, inadequate planning appears to have a negative effect on the small firm’s<br />
per<strong>for</strong>mance and sustainability, as evidenced by higher failure rates <strong>for</strong> those MSE<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 39<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
that fail to effectively plan <strong>for</strong> the future of the business (Davig et al., 2004; Orser et<br />
al., 2000; Shrader et al., 1989). One of the reasons given <strong>for</strong> this failure to plan is the<br />
limited time available to entrepreneurs, who are often engaged actively in day-to-day<br />
operations. In addition, some argue that <strong>for</strong>mal planning would actually negatively<br />
affect the flexibility of the firm, seen as a key competitive advantage <strong>for</strong> many SBs,<br />
they can proactively shift operations and focus to meet changing customer<br />
requirements (Davig et al., 2004; Knight and Knight, 1993).<br />
Author(s) Main Findings<br />
Knight and<br />
Knight (1993)<br />
Davig, Elbert<br />
and Brown<br />
(2004)<br />
Van Auken and<br />
Sexton (1985)<br />
Fitzgerald and<br />
Moon (1996)<br />
Orser, Hogarth-<br />
Scott and<br />
Riding (2000)<br />
• SB planning is unstructured, irregular, sporadic and reactive<br />
• SBs only see need <strong>for</strong> <strong>for</strong>mal planning when seeking financing<br />
• Formal planning may impair flexibility, which is critical to SBs success<br />
• Insufficient time <strong>for</strong> planning exists in SBs<br />
• Formal planning may impair flexibility<br />
• Size differences impact these patterns<br />
• Little or no strategic planning in SBs<br />
• Operational planning is more prevalent<br />
• Objectives of planning, when done, are often vague, pragmatic, and<br />
extremely short-range<br />
• Per<strong>for</strong>mance of SBs who engage in some <strong>for</strong>m of planning exceeds<br />
that of the SB firms that do not undertake planning<br />
• In the US, over 64% of SBs do no <strong>for</strong>mal planning<br />
• Growth occurs only when al threshold of administrative and<br />
managerial acumen is attained by the management team<br />
• The presence of a business plan was highly correlated with<br />
per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />
Table 3.3: Planning in the Small Business Sector (Watts et al., 2009b)<br />
Most !<br />
owner-managers are generalists with a very broad level of practical experience<br />
yet they often lack the expertise to accomplish the planning task (Meredith, 1989).<br />
Many owner- managers become reactive rather than proactive in their decision-<br />
making. This fact can be seen from two perspectives; MSE operate in ‘fire-fighting’<br />
mode because of the failure to plan effectively (Shrader et al., 1989); strategic<br />
planning does not occur in MSE (or only occurs to a small degree) because the firm’s<br />
viability is dependent on flexibility and a keen understanding of operational<br />
competencies (Davig et al., 2004; Knight and Knight, 1993).<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 40<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
3.4.2 Defining ‘Fit’: The Unique Features of Small Business<br />
The following five unique characteristics of MSE can be indentified (Watts and Preda,<br />
2004; Orser et al., 2000; Meredith, 1989):<br />
1. Resource issues; Resource poverty is experienced in cash flow, access to<br />
expertise or skills, human resources, and the time and energy of the owner-<br />
manager. Smaller firms rely on a few individuals to carry out the various<br />
management tasks necessitating the owner-manager to acquire many diverse<br />
skills to operate the enterprise successfully; resource poverty generally<br />
restricts this acquisition;<br />
2. Structure; The SB is characterized as flat, with faster in<strong>for</strong>mation flows, which<br />
result in a faster decision-making process. The firm’s operations are generally<br />
locally based, even though they may exceed national borders and markets.<br />
There<strong>for</strong>e, the strategies they employ are often in<strong>for</strong>mal, yet dynamic;<br />
3. Dominant role played by the owner-manager. The owner-manager is<br />
fundamental to the small firm, since their innovative qualities and philosophies<br />
often shape its nature. They also create and influence the management style<br />
of the SB; they are in many instances, the business;<br />
4. Control; Small firms are independently owned. The owner-manager who is<br />
also the firm’s principle decision-maker generally contributes the operating<br />
capital. There<strong>for</strong>e, MSE tend to be closely controlled. These owner-managers<br />
also desire independence and rely on their own skills, talents, and hard work<br />
to succeed;<br />
5. Continuation; MSE have high failure rates in the first three to five years. The<br />
causes <strong>for</strong> these early failures include managerial inadequacy, unfamiliarity<br />
with established business practices, integration of strategic and operational<br />
management processes, lack of managerial experience, inadequate planning,<br />
and poor financial control and record- keeping (Gaskill et al., 1993; Pickle and<br />
Abrahamson, 1990; Meredith, 1989).<br />
3.4.3 Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement in the Small Business Sector<br />
Watts, et al. (2009b) note that in the business sense, per<strong>for</strong>mance refers to the<br />
accomplishment of the business’ strategies (actions) in order to achieve the<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 41<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
objectives (obligations) established. The objective may be a targeted level of<br />
profitability (key to survival) or an above-average or improved return on investment<br />
(required <strong>for</strong> growth). Per<strong>for</strong>mance measurements quantify action in terms of their<br />
efficiencies and effectiveness, which represent the degree to which the obligations of<br />
the firm are fulfilled (Neely et al., 1995).<br />
Watts, et al. (2009b) continue with the statement that the balanced scorecard model<br />
(Kaplan and Norton, 1993) has promoted significant research into the characteristics<br />
of, and approaches <strong>for</strong> developing, strategic per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement systems.<br />
Combined with several related models, such as the ‘per<strong>for</strong>mance pyramid’ (Lynch<br />
and Cross, 1991), integrated per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement systems, consistent<br />
per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement systems and the results-determinants matrix (Fitzgerald<br />
and Moon, 1996; Fitzgerald et al., 1991), it appears that there is a wide range of<br />
potential measurement models <strong>for</strong> MSE to consider (see table 3.4).<br />
Author(s) Main Findings<br />
Hudson, Smart<br />
and Bourne<br />
(2001)<br />
Davig, Elbert and<br />
Brown (2004)<br />
Laitinen (2002)<br />
Haber and<br />
Reichel (2005)<br />
Orser, Hogarth-<br />
Scott and Riding<br />
(2000)<br />
Fitzgerald and<br />
Moon (1996);<br />
• Focused on small to medium UK firms.<br />
• Measures are often unclear, with complex or outdated data<br />
produced; historical focus<br />
• Small number of simple, ad hoc measures actually used including<br />
metrics on quality, time, finance, and customer satisfaction<br />
• Only non-specific in<strong>for</strong>mal feedback<br />
• Adapted balanced scorecard to small manufacturing firm<br />
• Size differences and industry effects found to be critical in designing<br />
metrics <strong>for</strong> SBs<br />
• Created integrated per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement system (IPMS) <strong>for</strong><br />
small Finnish technology firms linked with ABC<br />
• Two external factors (financial per<strong>for</strong>mance and competitiveness)<br />
and five internal factors (costs, production factors, activities, products<br />
and revenues) linked into causal chain<br />
• Focus on tourism industry in Israel<br />
• Measures divided into short- and long-term groups further subdivided<br />
into objective (financial) and subjective (non- financial) sets<br />
• Need to incorporate SB life cycle in the design of per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />
metrics<br />
• Concur with findings of Haber and Reichel<br />
• Developed metrics specific to service firms<br />
• 2 categories: results (competitiveness and financial per<strong>for</strong>mance)<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 42<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Fitzgerald,<br />
Johnson and<br />
Brignall (1991)<br />
and determinants (quality of service, flexibility, resource utilization,<br />
innovation)<br />
• Details multiple measures <strong>for</strong> each dimension of per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />
measurement<br />
Table 3.4: Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement Systems and MSE (Watts et al., 2009b)!<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 43<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Section II. Research Design<br />
The previous section identified the aim of this research and discussed the relevant<br />
studies. With the knowledge available from the other studies, the knowledge gap was<br />
identified.<br />
This single-chapter section will focus on how the knowledge gap will be filled through<br />
this research. It <strong>for</strong>ms the bridge between the previous section, in which the rationale<br />
was built and the next section in which the research findings are discussed. To make<br />
this bridge, chapter 4 focuses on how the questions posed in this research will be<br />
answered.<br />
Figure II-1: Thesis Overview (Author)!<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 44<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
4. Methodology<br />
4.1 Introduction<br />
In the introduction, the reason <strong>for</strong> employing Grounded Theory (GT) was explained<br />
(see paragraph 1.6). In order to learn from other research, however, the design is<br />
<strong>for</strong>malised after the literature review. By doing this, the limitations of some designs<br />
are better known than they are on <strong>for</strong>ehand. In this chapter, the <strong>for</strong>mal design is<br />
presented.<br />
This will be done in the following manner. The first step is to elaborate on the setting<br />
in which this study will take place. The second step is to establish the philosophical<br />
stance. Thirdly, the process of Qualitative Analysis is discussed. Fourthly the<br />
methods of data collection are addressed. Next the literature and interviews are<br />
discussed. Seventh the research is described. The chapter ends with an explanation<br />
of reliability and validity issues.<br />
4.2 Setting<br />
During the initial literature review the three different components of microfinance in<br />
the Netherlands have been identified (Heemskerk, 2009a):<br />
• MF-Points;<br />
• Coaching;<br />
• Microcredit.<br />
Each aspect consists of multiple different types of organizations, each with their<br />
specific approach, aim and objective, but all have the shared goal to stimulate<br />
entrepreneurship and assist potential entrepreneurs in their quest <strong>for</strong> starting a<br />
sustainable business. For the purpose of this research the main focus will lay on the<br />
work of the MF-points. These types of organizations are the starting point <strong>for</strong> the<br />
majority of the potential entrepreneurs. These types of organizations do not provide<br />
loans and deal with the entrepreneurs that do not have a running business yet.<br />
As the literature research revealed, significant research has been done on the PMSs<br />
used by medium sized enterprises and large cooperation’s, but little is known about<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 45<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
the use and usefulness of PMSs by starting entrepreneurs. This is the underlying<br />
question <strong>for</strong> the remaining of this research.<br />
4.3 Philosophical Stance<br />
The nature of the research is exploratory. An exploratory study is a valuable means<br />
of finding out ‘what is happening; to seek new insights; to ask questions and to<br />
assess phenomena in a new light’ (Robson, 2002, p. 59). According to Saunders,<br />
Lewis and Thornhill (2009) there are three principal ways of conducting exploratory<br />
research:<br />
• A search of the literature;<br />
• Interviewing ‘experts’ in the subject;<br />
• Conducting focus group interviews.<br />
The great advantage of exploratory research is that it is flexible and adaptable to<br />
change. If you are conducting it you must be willing to change your direction as a<br />
result of new data that appear and new insights that occur to you (Saunders et al.,<br />
2009). There<strong>for</strong>e the Thesis will be written from an interpretive perspective, this<br />
allows indentifying the meaning individuals attach to their responses. Inline, a<br />
phenomenological epistemology is applied with the gathering of qualitative data; this<br />
refers to the way in which humans make sense out of the world around us (Saunders<br />
et al., 2009, p. 116).<br />
4.4 The Process of Qualitative Content Analysis<br />
‘If there were only one truth, you couldn’t paint a hundred canvases on the<br />
same theme’. (Quote from Pablo Picasso in Allen and Unwin, 1969)<br />
The process of qualitative content analysis started during the early stages of data<br />
collection. This early involvement in the analysis phase helped to move back and<br />
<strong>for</strong>th between concept development and data collection (Miles & Huberman, 1994).<br />
The content analysis started with preparing the data and proceeded through writing<br />
up the findings in a report (Zhang and Wildemuth, 2009).<br />
4.4.1 Step 1: Preparing the Data<br />
Qualitative content analysis is most often used to analyze interview transcripts in<br />
order to reveal or model people’s in<strong>for</strong>mation related behaviours and thoughts.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 46<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Considering the inductive exploratory approach of this study great <strong>value</strong> has been<br />
placed on the exact response of interviewees. There<strong>for</strong>e, (1) all the questions of the<br />
interviewer have been transcribed; (2) the verbalizations have been literally<br />
transcribed; and (3) observations during the interview (e.g., sounds, pauses, and<br />
other audible behaviours) have been transcribed (Schilling, 2006).<br />
4.4.2 Step 2: Defining the Unit of Analysis<br />
The unit of analysis refers to the basic unit of text to be classified during content<br />
analysis. Messages have been unitized be<strong>for</strong>e they were coded, since differences in<br />
the unit definition could affect the coding decision as well as the comparability of<br />
outcomes with other similar studies (De Wever et al., 2006). There<strong>for</strong>e, defining the<br />
coding unit was one of the most fundamental and important decisions (Weber, 1990).<br />
For the qualitative content analysis individual themes have been used as the unit <strong>for</strong><br />
analysis. By using themes as the coding unit, the emphasis was primarily on<br />
indentifying expressions of ideas (Minichiello et al., 1990). Thus, codes have been<br />
assigned to text chunks of any size, as long as that chunk represented a single<br />
theme or issue of relevance to the research question(s).<br />
4.4.3 Step 3: Developing Categories<br />
Categories and have been derived from three sources: the data, previous related<br />
studies, and theories. Inductively content analysis is particularly appropriate <strong>for</strong><br />
studies that intend to develop theory. While developing categories inductively from<br />
raw data, the constant comparative method (Glaser & Strauss, 1967) was used. This<br />
enabled to make differences between categories apparent and not only focus on<br />
original insights. The essence of the constant comparative method is (1) the<br />
systematic comparison of each text assigned to a category with each of those<br />
already assigned to that category, in order to fully understand the theoretical<br />
properties of the category; and (2) integrating categories and their properties through<br />
the development of interpretive memos. This has been done according to the step<br />
model of inductive category development (Mayring, 2000) (see figure 4.1)<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 47<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Figure 4.1: Step model of inductive category development (Mayring, 2000)<br />
!<br />
4.4.4 Step 4: Testing the Coding Scheme on a Sample of the Text<br />
To ensure clarity and consistency of the category definitions a sample of the data<br />
was coded. Doubts and problems concerning the definitions of categories, coding<br />
rules, or categorization of specific cases have been discussed with fellow students<br />
(Schilling, 2006). In line with the step model of inductive category development<br />
(Mayring, 2000) the iterative process of coding sample text, checking coding<br />
consistency, and revising coding rules has been carried out continuously until<br />
sufficient coding consistency was achieved (Weber, 1990).<br />
4.4.5 Step 5: Coding All the Text<br />
After sufficient consistency had been achieved, the coding rules were applied to the<br />
entire body of text. During the coding process, the coding has been checked<br />
repeatedly, to prevent ‘drifting into an particular sense of what the codes mean’<br />
(Schilling, 2006). Because coding proceeded while new data was continued to be<br />
collected, new themes and concepts continued to emerge.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 48<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
4.4.6 Step 6: Assessing the Coding Consistency<br />
According to Miles and Huberman (1994) and Weber (1990) it is not safe to assume<br />
that, when a sample is coded in a consistent and reliable manner, the coding of the<br />
whole body of text will also be consistent. Human coders are subject to fatigue and<br />
are likely to make more mistakes as the coding proceeds. New codes may have<br />
been <strong>added</strong> since the original consistency check. Also, the coders’ understanding of<br />
the categories and coding rules may change subtly over the time, which may lead to<br />
greater inconsistency. For all these reasons, after the entire data set was coded the<br />
consistency of the coding was checked again.<br />
4.4.7 Step 7: Drawing Conclusions from the Coded Data<br />
During this step, sense was made out of the identified themes, categories and their<br />
properties. At this stage, inferences were made and the reconstructions of meanings<br />
derived from the data were presented. This was done by exploring the properties and<br />
dimensions of categories, identifying relationships between categories, uncovering<br />
patterns, and testing categories against the full range of data (Bradley, 1993). It has<br />
been a critical step in the analysis process, and its success relied almost wholly on<br />
reasoning abilities of the author.<br />
4.4.8 Step 8: Reporting the Methods and Findings<br />
Qualitative content analysis does not produce counts and statistical significance;<br />
instead, it uncovers patterns, themes, and categories important to a social reality.<br />
Presenting research findings from qualitative content analysis is challenging,<br />
there<strong>for</strong>e quotations are used to justify conclusions (Schilling, 2006).<br />
When presenting the qualitative content analysis results, the author strived <strong>for</strong> a<br />
balance between description and interpretation. Description gives the readers’<br />
background and context and thus needs to be rich and thick (Denzin, 1989).<br />
Qualitative research is fundamentally interpretive, and interpretation represents the<br />
authors personal and theoretical understanding of the phenomenon under study. An<br />
interesting and readable report ‘provides sufficient description to allow the reader to<br />
understand the basis <strong>for</strong> an interpretation, and sufficient interpretation to allow the<br />
reader to understand the description’ (Patton, 2002, p.503-504).<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 49<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
4.5 Methods of Data Collection<br />
In order to answer the main research question, the sub-questions will have to be<br />
answered first. After the literature review the sub-question can be adjusted according<br />
to the stronger focus of the research. Table 4.1 presents the data collection methods<br />
used to answer the sub-questions.<br />
Sub-questions Data collection method<br />
What does the current body of literature reveal about the<br />
different microfinance models, throughout the world?<br />
How does the current microfinance model in the Netherlands<br />
look like?<br />
What different players in the Dutch microfinance model can be<br />
identified?<br />
How can the BSC improve the sustainability of starting<br />
entrepreneurs supported by pre-loan BDS?<br />
How does the BSC need to be adjusted to be suited <strong>for</strong> the<br />
needs of these starting entrepreneurs?<br />
What dimensions of the BSC are relevant <strong>for</strong> the starting<br />
entrepreneurs?<br />
How do the dimensions related to each other in an optimal<br />
BSC?<br />
!<br />
As the table reveals, there will be two different types of research:<br />
• Literature review, as carried out in section one;<br />
Literature review<br />
Literature review &<br />
Interviews<br />
Literature review<br />
Literature review &<br />
Interviews<br />
Literature review &<br />
Interviews<br />
Literature review &<br />
Interviews<br />
Literature review &<br />
Interviews<br />
Table 4.1: How the sub questions will be answered (Author)<br />
• Interviews will be conducted to build upon the indentified models.<br />
This is in line with the chosen philosophical stance (see paragraph 4.2). How each<br />
one of these methods is executed is discussed accordingly.<br />
4.6 Literature Review<br />
The first step of the research was an extensive review of all relevant literature<br />
published on the subject of microfinance. The analysis of the secondary research<br />
helped to develop a general idea about the different microfinance models in relation<br />
to the ambition of making the Dutch model sustainable and to establish a theoretical<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 50<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
ackground. The literature review per<strong>for</strong>med in section one <strong>for</strong>ms the primary input of<br />
this research. The interview outline (see appendix C) is based on the findings from<br />
this part and the identified relevant BSC models are the basis <strong>for</strong> the new model.<br />
4.7 Interviews<br />
The interviews will be the most essential element of this research and provide the<br />
answer to the question; how microfinance in the Netherlands can move towards<br />
sustainability by using the BSC.<br />
The ideas gained from the literature review will be used to develop appropriate<br />
interview questions. The interviews will be semi structured. This means that there is a<br />
list of themes and questions. During the interviews the questions and order can be<br />
different from earlier interviews (Saunders et al., 2009, p. 320). The reason <strong>for</strong> this is<br />
that it allows the interview to go in to the direction of the knowledge and expertise of<br />
the interviewee, while retaining a structure, which makes it comparison and coding<br />
possible.<br />
4.7.1 Sample Selection Interviews<br />
The purpose of the research is to build a model. For this inductive exploratory<br />
approach it is important to allow broad perspectives of the matter to influence the<br />
research. For an exploratory approach it is important to interview ‘experts’ in the<br />
subject (see paragraph 4.2). To confirm the usability of the proposed model, the<br />
following groups of individuals would be potential candidates:<br />
• Members of the Council <strong>for</strong> microfinance;<br />
• Journalists;<br />
• Professors;<br />
• Employees of the ‘Stichting Microfinanciering en Ondernemerschap’;<br />
• Consultants;<br />
• Employees of a microcredit supplier (Qredits);<br />
• Business advisors of MF-point;<br />
• Starting entrepreneurs.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 51<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
All eight groups are interesting <strong>for</strong> discussion and input <strong>for</strong> the development of the<br />
final model. The last three groups could be used to pilot-test the final model. Except<br />
<strong>for</strong> the first two groups, at least one person <strong>for</strong> each group has been found willing<br />
and available <strong>for</strong> interviews, which have been conducted. Table 5.1 presents the<br />
people that have been interviewed.<br />
Name Short Position Company<br />
Karen Hofman KH Consultant McKinsey<br />
Vicent Stulen VS Project Manager Qredits<br />
Toon Bullens TB Professor Nyenrode University<br />
Robert de Lange RL Founder Mydivvi<br />
Oscar van der Ende OE Business Advisor Wijk in bedrijf Utrecht<br />
Marjolein de Boer &<br />
Claudia de Stefano<br />
MB &<br />
CS<br />
Director &<br />
Project manager<br />
Alberic Pater AP Consultant Triodos Facet<br />
Stichting Microfinanciering en<br />
Ondernemerschap<br />
Table 4.2: The Interviewees (Author)<br />
These !<br />
seven interviews with eight interviewees have secured both the aspects of<br />
broad perspectives and expertise. All interviews have been tape-recorded and a<br />
detailed transcription of each interview has been written. On average the transcripts<br />
were fifteen pages long. After each interview, an analysis has been made in order to<br />
develop codes (see paragraph 4.4). After clear patterns were shown, enough<br />
interviews were taken (Müller, 2009).<br />
4.8 The Research Design<br />
<strong>Microfinance</strong> practices in other countries will act as the central starting point of this<br />
research. The first aim is to establish what different microfinance players are present<br />
in the Netherlands and what models are being used. The next step is to determine<br />
how the BSC will help the different microfinance players to move towards<br />
sustainability. After this has been established, the next step will be to evaluate <strong>for</strong><br />
what player the BSC will have the most potential and would be most appropriate to<br />
apply to, thus focusing on only one player in-depth. Evaluating different BSC models<br />
will be the next step, and what different dimensions are being used in different<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 52<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
contexts? More specifically, the focus will have to be on models used <strong>for</strong> small-scale<br />
companies. Eventually, the combination of the literature on microfinance in other<br />
countries, the current players in the Netherlands, entrepreneurship and the BSC will<br />
provide a solid background that will aid in steering the focus of the primary data<br />
collection methods and that will strive to answer the research question.<br />
The second step of the research design is to engage in the decided research method<br />
of qualitative semi-structured interviews. The chosen interview type is semi-<br />
structured interviews. This is done <strong>for</strong> three reasons; first the questions function as a<br />
checklist, they are not asked in a specific sequence and are used to keep the<br />
conversation going (Emans, 2002). This will enable knowledge to be transferred from<br />
the interviewee to the interviewer about the discussed subject. It will allow <strong>for</strong><br />
flexibility in the conversation between the two parties, and also in the collected<br />
in<strong>for</strong>mation that can be gained after the interviews are completed. The interviews<br />
were spread out in the months of July and August, and held in the office of the<br />
interviewee and more specifically in a separate room that was closed off. This was<br />
done to ensure the following; that all of the individuals would be interviewed in a<br />
similar setting to guarantee that the conditions were comparable. All of the interviews<br />
were held in a separate closed office, which ensured that the interviewer and<br />
interviewee would not be distracted by external influences. It allowed both parties to<br />
concentrate on the interview questions, and allowed <strong>for</strong> the interview to be taped with<br />
an audio recorder. By using an audio recorder led to the following benefit; it gave the<br />
interviewer the chance to fully concentrate on the interviewees and their answers,<br />
which resulted in many follow-up questions that could be of great importance to the<br />
study.<br />
4.9 Reliability and Validity<br />
Depending on the type of research design chosen, the reliability and validity issues<br />
differ. As described, a qualitative approach fits this study well. In order to understand<br />
the meaning of reliability and validity in the setting of qualitative research a definition<br />
is provided below. Reliability has been defined by Joppe (2000) as ‘the extent to<br />
which results are consistent over time and an accurate representation of the total<br />
population under study is referred to as reliability and if the results of a study can be<br />
reproduced under a similar methodology, then the research instrument is considered<br />
to be reliable’ (Golafshani, 2003, p. 598). Patton (2002) suggests that any research<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 53<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
must take into account with the reliability of the research while designing a study,<br />
analysing the results and judging the quality of the study (Golafshani, 2003).<br />
Specifically with qualitative research, examination of trustworthiness is crucial, from<br />
the process of designing the study and to judging the quality of the study.<br />
‘Trustworthiness of a research report lies at the heart of issues conventionally<br />
discussed as validity and reliability’ (Golafshani, 2003, p. 601). However, during the<br />
research process there will always be threats to the reliability of the study, four have<br />
been identified by Robson (2002). These errors involve the participants and the<br />
observer. They can be divided into the following four threats (Saunders et al., 2009):<br />
1. Participant error;<br />
2. Participant bias;<br />
3. Observer error;<br />
4. Observer bias.<br />
Depending on the research question any of these four issues can become an issue.<br />
However, they can be prevented if the qualitative interview questions are regulated,<br />
similar and the interviews are held under similar circumstances.<br />
The reliability concerns with, the consistency of the data collection and analysis<br />
(Saunders et al., 2009, p. 156). A bigger and more divers sample group can help to<br />
increase the reliability. To increase the reliability of the inductive data, the mentions<br />
per category 4 are published in the appendix. This gives transparency of the<br />
in<strong>for</strong>mation that is used to draw conclusions. By showing the gathered primary data,<br />
the bias of the research will be reduced and the reliability will there<strong>for</strong>e increase.<br />
Interpreting the data must be regulated also, insuring the similar aspects to come out<br />
of the interviews. The below checklist was used during the study to ensure reliability<br />
in the study:<br />
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!<br />
4 The file containing all the transcripts was over hundred pages long, there<strong>for</strong>e is has been decided,<br />
not to included this file. Transcripts are available on request.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 54<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Question 1 Will the measures yield the same results on other occasions?<br />
Question 2 Will similar observations be reached by other observers?<br />
Question 3 Is there transparency in how sense was made from the raw data?<br />
Table 4.3: Reliability Check (Saunders et al., 2009)<br />
!<br />
On the other hand validity is ‘concerned with whether the findings are really about<br />
what they appear to be about’ (Saunders et al., 2009, p. 157). In other words a term<br />
describing a measure that accurately reflects the concept it is intended to measure<br />
(Babbie, 2004, p. 144). For an inductive research it is important to interview the key<br />
employees in different institutes. These individuals are those doing research or<br />
receive results on per<strong>for</strong>mance. Validity is taken into account because qualitative<br />
research indicators are measured in the same way, and inspired by questions of that<br />
are based on the emerging theory of the subjects discussed. Furthermore the<br />
questions are reviewed, validated and pilot-tested. Concluding, Patton (2002) states<br />
that ‘with regards to the researcher’s ability and skill in any qualitative research also<br />
states that reliability is a consequence of validity in a study’ (Golafshani, 2003, p.<br />
601). If the issues of reliability, validity, trustworthiness, quality and rigor are meant<br />
differentiating a 'good' from 'bad' research then testing and increasing the reliability,<br />
validity, trustworthiness, quality and rigor will be important to the research in any<br />
paradigm.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 55<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Section III. Findings and Discussion<br />
Seven semi-structured interviews have been conducted, audio-recorded and<br />
accordingly all in<strong>for</strong>mation has been transcribed. On average the transcripts were<br />
fifteen pages long. This resulted in more than a hundred pages of data. After filtering,<br />
the in<strong>for</strong>mation was coded and categorised in a spreadsheet. Each mention was<br />
allocated either to an existing type of mention or a new type of mention was created.<br />
This section will discuss the outcome of the content analysis designed in the previous<br />
chapter. The focus of this research is on how starting entrepreneurs can be<br />
supported by MF-points through the BSC, in order to increase the survival rate<br />
causing the microfinance sector as a whole to move towards sustainability. The initial<br />
presentation of the findings will reveal the results of the qualitative content analysis.<br />
This is carried out in chapter 5.<br />
Once the results of the qualitative content analysis are presented, the discussion on<br />
the in<strong>for</strong>mation found, in relation to the existing literature, is held in chapter 6.<br />
Chapter 7 serves as the final chapter of this dissertation in which the answers to the<br />
research question are given and recommendations <strong>for</strong> further research will be made.<br />
Figure III-1: Thesis Overview (Author)<br />
!<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 56<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
5. Results<br />
5.1 Introduction<br />
This chapter will deal with the following sub-questions:<br />
• How can the BSC improve the sustainability of starting entrepreneurs<br />
supported by pre-loan BDS?<br />
• How does the BSC need to be adjusted to be suited <strong>for</strong> the needs of these<br />
starting entrepreneurs?<br />
• What dimensions of the BSC are relevant <strong>for</strong> the starting entrepreneurs?<br />
• How do the dimensions relate to each other in an optimal BSC?<br />
These sub-questions will be addressed and later answered in chapter 7, from the<br />
perspective of the starting entrepreneur that seeks counselling through the MF-<br />
points.<br />
5.2 The categories<br />
The main categories were identified during the literature study and served as the<br />
basis <strong>for</strong> the interview outline (see appendix C). Other categories were developed<br />
during the process of conducting the interviews. When saturation was reached about<br />
the main categories and clear patterns became clear, enough interviews were<br />
conducted. In the end sixteen categories relevant <strong>for</strong> microfinance in the Netherlands<br />
have been developed. Table 5.1 shows the categories and the number of mentions<br />
per interviewee per category.<br />
It is not possible to draw conclusion based on the number of mentions <strong>for</strong> each<br />
category, it only indicates how often it has been mentioned. No distinction has been<br />
made between whether the mention indicates the category as important or not.<br />
However it does indicate a level of significance, in order to reliably determine curtain<br />
pattern at least five respondents need to have commented on a category.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 57<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
KH VS TB RL OE MB CS AP Total App.<br />
Reason, Drive and Contribution 1 1 28 3 17 9 7 7 73 D<br />
Social 5 1 17 2 7 2 4 8 46 E<br />
Financial 6 9 27 9 16 9 4 5 85 F<br />
Sustainability Entrepreneur 0 0 4 14 4 10 11 12 55 G<br />
Customer and Market Research 5 7 9 17 18 13 11 1 81 H<br />
Internal Business Processes 1 0 3 14 10 0 0 0 28 I<br />
(Organizational) Development 7 7 3 3 13 16 6 0 55 J<br />
Learning, Growth and Employee 0 0 8 3 5 0 0 0 16 K<br />
Network 0 0 1 19 11 1 3 0 35 L<br />
Business Development Services 7 5 1 0 18 2 12 17 62 M<br />
General BSC model 4 2 14 9 17 2 2 11 61 N<br />
Relation and Link 3 7 8 3 11 3 2 1 38 O<br />
Most Important 2 1 4 0 0 4 0 6 17 P<br />
Measurement and Indicators 3 0 11 1 2 0 0 8 25 Q<br />
Sustainability of <strong>Microfinance</strong> 9 2 9 0 3 0 3 16 42 R<br />
Qredits 7 3 2 0 1 3 1 15 32 S<br />
Total 751<br />
Table 5.1: Categories and number of mentioning’s (Author)!<br />
!<br />
The last two categories; ‘Sustainability of <strong>Microfinance</strong>’ and ‘Qredits’ do not provide<br />
input <strong>for</strong> the development <strong>for</strong> the new model but provide in<strong>for</strong>mation about the<br />
development of microfinance in the Netherlands as a whole. Little more can be said<br />
on the total categories as these were allocated by the researcher in order to make<br />
discussion possible, presenting the findings of each individual category is more<br />
valuable.<br />
5.2.1. Reason, Drive and Contribution<br />
This category has been identified as the starting point <strong>for</strong> starting entrepreneurs.<br />
Be<strong>for</strong>e starting up a business, entrepreneurs need to think about their reason or drive<br />
to start up a business and possibly about the contribution they want to make towards<br />
the society (see appendix D). In figure 5.1 the three questions the interviewees<br />
named are visualized.<br />
All respondents agree about the importance of the ‘why’ question; what is the reason<br />
to start up the business and especially; is the business not started <strong>for</strong> the wrong<br />
reason? Reasons <strong>for</strong> people to start up a business, mentioned by the respondents<br />
are:<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 58<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
• Satisfaction, happiness;<br />
• Using creativity, applying a trick;<br />
• A belief, passion, drive;<br />
• Freedom, making own decisions;<br />
• Status, dignity;<br />
• Sustainability;<br />
• Employment;<br />
• Money.<br />
Figure 5.1: Starting point entrepreneurs (Author)!<br />
The last two reasons are often mentioned in relation with copying behaviour. Boer<br />
(2010) mentions that ‘people often think; ‘that person has a greengrocer’s shop and<br />
drives a car, so starting a greengrocer’s shop it is’, the idea to start instead, <strong>for</strong><br />
example a bakery, does not come up’. In extension to this point, Ende (2010) notes:<br />
‘once I went outside with one of the owners and took him across the street. He had<br />
his shop on one corner and on the other corner there was also a greengrocer. I said<br />
to him, look at your shop and look at the other guy’s shop, why would I go to yours?<br />
He said: ‘shit, it looks exactly the same’.’ Ende refers with this example to the<br />
‘Kanaalstraat’ a street in the Lombok area in Utrecht. After the interview I went to this<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 59<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
street and within an area of 500 meters, I counted eleven greengrocers or other little<br />
shops that besides other products (e.g. meat, nuts, bread) offered vegetables. Ende<br />
(2010) describes the result of this phenomenon; ‘entrepreneur think that when the<br />
neighbour lowers the price of the tomatoes by two cents, I need to lower them by<br />
three, cause that is how it goes and now they default, because you cannot keep on<br />
doing that’. This is recognized by Pater (2010) whom, with his experience from<br />
developing countries points out that; ‘those people create a stiff competition <strong>for</strong> each<br />
other’ and ‘it is not going to be a very profitable business, they will be able to repay<br />
their loan and they will have something left’. To prevent this, Boer (2010) notes; ‘it is<br />
very important that people do not start when it does not make sense’ and ‘I<br />
understand from the MF-points that those people are positively discouraged, after a<br />
couple of conversations’.<br />
Bullens (2010) goes one step further and argues; ‘that you need to have perfectly<br />
clear, what role you want to play in the society’. He argues that the first question a<br />
starting entrepreneur should think about relates to the question; ‘what contribution do<br />
you think you are going to make <strong>for</strong> the society?’ The reasoning behind this is that in<br />
the end all the stakeholders related to the business are part of the society. When a<br />
business makes a clear contribution towards that society all stakeholders; customers,<br />
employees and investors benefit and are automatically satisfied. This makes it easier<br />
to focus the operational activities. Later interviewees supported this view.<br />
Two interviewees mentioned the ‘where question’ as a tool to give direction, to help<br />
the entrepreneur picture his future by setting (small, simple and) SMART 5 <strong>for</strong>mulated<br />
targets. Ende (2010) states; ‘if you do not know where you are going you will<br />
probably end up somewhere else’.<br />
5.2.2. Social<br />
All respondents acknowledge the importance of the social aspect (see appendix E).<br />
Hofman (2010) states; ‘otherwise you would not have microfinance but you will just<br />
be a bank’. In line with this statement Stulen, from Qredits, notes; ‘the complete<br />
picture is being analyzed, the financial plan, the business plan, the entrepreneur but<br />
not so much at the ratios. In that sense we are not like a bank’.<br />
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!<br />
5 Specific Measurable Attainable Relevant and Time-bound<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 60<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
However, when a crude distinction is made, there seems to be a difference between<br />
the way interviewees colour this aspect. The group that is involved with microfinance<br />
from the perspective that a loan is provided seems to have a strong focus on the<br />
creation of jobs. The other group, under command of Bullens (2010), more explicitly<br />
puts the emphasis on the social aspect. In line with his previous statements<br />
(paragraph 5.2.1) Bullens (2010) states; ‘a business should only be created and<br />
supported when it clearly and explicitly has an economic, social or ecological<br />
objective’.<br />
All respondents agree that also social objectives need to be measurable. Bullens<br />
(2010); ‘also social objectives need to be able to be measured otherwise they are not<br />
good’ and Pater (2010); ‘<strong>for</strong> example, they want to improve the living conditions of<br />
their costumers. How do we create insight, and how can we check whether that is<br />
really happening? In first instance that is really about the measurement, how do you<br />
make sure you measure something so that you know how well you are doing?’<br />
5.2.3. Financial<br />
This aspect is one of the most discussed categories (see table 5.1). In line with the<br />
previous category the same crude division seems to apply. The interviewees that<br />
look at the aspect from the perspective that there is a loan involved find the financials<br />
one of the most important aspects. The other interviewees are strongly in favour of<br />
not making this aspect predominantly important and argue that the financials should<br />
not be a dominant dimension of the model, but should solely have a facilitating or<br />
serving role towards the other aspects (see appendix F).<br />
Two aspects that were indicated by the majority of the interviewees as important are<br />
liquidity and investors. Liquidity is identified as an important management tool and<br />
essential <strong>for</strong> every business regardless of the size. Ende (2010); ‘in general<br />
companies that are started up and do not need a lot of capital, which is the case <strong>for</strong><br />
most service related start ups, with one computer you can do a lot. It is important to<br />
have a look at your liquidity; where will you need some additional funding or income?<br />
I think that is the most important management tool’. The investor is identified as an<br />
important stakeholder and somebody to keep satisfied, not from the perspective to<br />
maximize the return on investment, but in order to secure access to capital.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 61<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
A final aspect that is exceedingly important in developing countries is the financial<br />
education; the main goal is to prevent over-indebt-ness. This is a hot topic after the<br />
first microfinance bubble has busted in Nicaragua because too many people had<br />
taken on too much debt and where unable to repay causing the MFIs to default<br />
(Pater, 2010). In the Netherlands this is not yet an issue, but another aspect of<br />
financial education that is relevant in the Netherlands is, explaining entrepreneurs<br />
about the financial administration. The interviewees expressed their concerns about<br />
the knowledge the average starting entrepreneur has about accounting.<br />
5.2.4. Sustainability Entrepreneur<br />
Three different aspects have been identified that influence the sustainability of a<br />
starting entrepreneur (see appendix G).<br />
First of all, personal factors play a role. Pater (2010) described how business loans<br />
are used <strong>for</strong> personal consumptive investments in developing countries; ‘that loan is<br />
not always used to start up a business, you can also get a loan and use is <strong>for</strong> a flat<br />
screen television to put it oddly, but it happens, maybe not a flat screen television but<br />
the marriage of the daughter’. Within the Netherlands similar actions occur due to<br />
demanding partners or other relatives that command a share of the return <strong>for</strong><br />
consumptive means as described by Boer (2010); ‘entrepreneurs who started up<br />
their business and have a wife that will say; 'o, now you are an entrepreneur, so I can<br />
start driving an BMW'.’ and later ‘people from other cultures who have become an<br />
entrepreneur, will have family that will say; 'well, you are a success now, so you can<br />
start taking care of us’. The signs that I receive now, is that people also need<br />
coaching about how they should get their family of their back. Apparently that is<br />
particularly common in the Surinamese society’.<br />
The second aspect related to the sustainability of an entrepreneur is that in the<br />
modern world overhead cost can be very low. Due to the modern technology such as<br />
Internet and other virtual networks it is not necessary to sustain an expensive<br />
network or other <strong>for</strong>ms of infrastructure. Especially a service oriented small business<br />
can be started up without any major investments.<br />
The third aspect that is mentioned by the majority of the respondents is growth. It is<br />
identified as an indicator <strong>for</strong> the demand of the customers. Some argue that it is a<br />
determinant of the success of microfinance as a whole and arguments have been<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 62<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
proposed to focus on those entrepreneurs with sufficient growth potential to ensure<br />
continuity and growth in the labour market. Not necessarily already at the start but<br />
after a couple of years the majority of the respondents believe the business should<br />
be able to show some growth.<br />
5.2.5. Customer and Market research<br />
This combined category is one of the most discussed categories (see table 5.1) and<br />
can be divided in six sub categories that are all mentioned by the majority of the<br />
interviewees and stand in relation to each other. These sub categories are; demand,<br />
market research, satisfaction; marketing, competition and differentiation (see<br />
appendix H). Three sub-categories are discussed below.<br />
All interviewees identified market research or determining the demand of a product<br />
as important. The interviewees strongly agree on the importance of these aspects<br />
and express concerns that this is something underestimated by starting<br />
entrepreneurs and often not carried out seriously. Stulen (2010) indicates this as the<br />
most important aspect and notes; ‘the entrepreneur really needs to show that he has<br />
thought his plan through. He needs to know what his customers want. Show that he<br />
has done market research’.<br />
Acknowledged is that determining the exact demand of a product can be difficult, the<br />
respondents propose many different types of market research that can assist in<br />
developing an estimation of the actual demand within a curtain area. Depending on<br />
the product or service and location of the business the following widespread types of<br />
market research are proposed <strong>for</strong> MSE:<br />
• Internet;<br />
• Ask people on the street;<br />
• Conduct questionnaires (online or on the streets);<br />
• Create interaction through plat<strong>for</strong>ms or <strong>for</strong>ums;<br />
• Go to peer groups;<br />
• Mail people;<br />
• Visit companies.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 63<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
For the model Stefano (2010) proposes to; ‘work with numbers, you can say; 'you<br />
need at least 100 or 200 people that you have asked detailed questions in whatever<br />
way, by questionnaires or interviews’, that way you can make it quantitative’. In<br />
extension to this proposition Ende (2010) said; ‘build into the model an evaluation<br />
moment <strong>for</strong> entrepreneurs to review whether they still offer what the customers<br />
demand’ and ‘continuing market research would improve the survival rate of the<br />
small entrepreneurs’.<br />
In relation with the earlier indentified copying behaviour, interviewees mentioned that<br />
considerable amounts of starting entrepreneurs are afraid of competition.<br />
5.2.6. Internal Business Processes<br />
This is one of the categories that were scarcely mentioned (see table 5.1 and<br />
appendix I). The only aspect discussed here, is that the interviewees mentioned that<br />
although it is a micro-organization there are several sub-roles to be fulfilled. Ende<br />
(2010); ‘that is something starting entrepreneurs do not realize. I always ask; 'do you<br />
have a marketing department, a purchase department, a (traveling) sales <strong>for</strong>ce,<br />
inside staff?’ They will reply; ‘no I am just by myself’’ and ‘a lot of people realize that<br />
they are to late with their acquisition. The acquisition should be an ongoing process.<br />
Often when people have a new job or order they stop with the acquisition’. Lange<br />
(2010) agrees and states; ‘do not be too cocky and think you can do it yourself’.<br />
5.2.7. Organizational, Personal Development<br />
In relation to the previous category Hofman (2010) states; ‘For a start up company,<br />
things like IT and Management Teams are not at all important, since it is usually one<br />
man starting up the company. It is a shop, maybe with Internet, more important are<br />
the capabilities of the founder, the one person starting up the business’. All<br />
respondents identified the capabilities of the founder as important. A distinction can<br />
be made between professional capabilities and personal characteristics or traits (see<br />
appendix J).<br />
For the professional capabilities the respondents mentioned; the business sense,<br />
business skills, education, experience and competencies of the entrepreneur. Stulen<br />
(2010) said; ‘the entrepreneur needs to convince us about his abilities and the plan<br />
he is presenting and how he is going to make it’.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 64<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
The personal characteristics, the traits are compared with the traits of a ‘real’<br />
entrepreneur. Boer (2010) notes; ‘in general, it is important that someone remains<br />
flexible no matter what happens and keeps seeing opportunities, real entrepreneurs<br />
do that’ and ‘how do you cope with failures? If that makes you depressive than you<br />
should not do it. Those are psychosocial factors’. In extension Stefano (2010)<br />
mentions; ‘real entrepreneurs always see chances, opportunities, always keep<br />
thinking in chances. Not that you give up after one disappointment. They will find that<br />
a pity, an inconvenient, but they are able to get over that very quickly’.<br />
5.2.8. Learning, Growth and Employee<br />
This category was only mentioned sixteen times. Three different respondents<br />
mentioned it from three different perspectives (see appendix K). Because none of the<br />
perspectives has been supported or mentioned by other respondents, the<br />
perspectives are not reliable enough to include in the model.<br />
5.2.9. Network and Business Development Services<br />
These strongly related categories are identified as important aspects <strong>for</strong> starting<br />
entrepreneurs. Some interviewees argue that part of the potential success can be<br />
measured from these aspects (see appendix L and M). A distinction is made between<br />
private and professional networks. Another type of network that can be used is a<br />
social networking site. For these sites the same distinction can be made between<br />
professional and private.<br />
The respondents agree that although a private network appears to be<br />
straight<strong>for</strong>ward, it is not always used to its full potential by the starting entrepreneur.<br />
This also counts <strong>for</strong> the professional networks, which can have many different <strong>for</strong>ms<br />
and sizes. Some examples that have been mentioned by the respondents are; the<br />
contacts of the private network as well as their contacts, fellow starting entrepreneurs<br />
both from related and unrelated industries possibly through BDS programs, create an<br />
advisory board or brainstorm group, develop a good relation with customers, become<br />
a member of relevant groups on social networking sites, visit related social<br />
gatherings and call people. The respondents generally agreed that the assertiveness<br />
of a starting entrepreneur plays a vital role in developing his professional network<br />
and that stimulating this will increase the survival rate of start up enterprises. Lange<br />
(2010) refers to his own experience and mentions; ‘just call people and say; 'you<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 65<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
know a lot about this topic', often we knew them personally or through other people<br />
or those people would refer us again to other people. That made it possible to go<br />
extremely quickly during the first six months. Not because we thought we could do it<br />
ourselves, even though we have a big part of the background, but by focusing on<br />
experts, people that are top of the bill. It might be difficult if you do not have a big<br />
network at first instance, but talk to a lot of people and just cheeky call them’. Another<br />
advantage of a network is indicated by Ende (2010); ‘that would enable them to pass<br />
on work if they were too busy, but also get work when they did not have so much and<br />
collaborate with other people to take on bigger tasks together, create a network<br />
instead of only keep on working by yourself’.<br />
5.2.10. General BSC model<br />
This category contains a variety of in<strong>for</strong>mation. Numerous comments about the new<br />
to be developed BSC have been made. The comments can be divided as follows;<br />
usefulness, make it visual, helps think through and two respondents describe a<br />
similar system from which lessons can be learned (see appendix N).<br />
In general all respondents think the model will be an <strong>added</strong> <strong>value</strong> <strong>for</strong> starting<br />
entrepreneurs. Only Pater (2010) expressed his concern about the ability of a single-<br />
starting entrepreneur to generate the necessary input on which the model drives<br />
when analyzing the progress of the business.<br />
In a similar vein, Ende (2010) argues that tools <strong>for</strong> starting entrepreneurs need to be<br />
simple, easy to use and make things visible. In general the respondents believe the<br />
model will be able to make the different elements that are necessary <strong>for</strong> a business<br />
visible and there<strong>for</strong>e be worthwhile <strong>for</strong> a starting entrepreneur to use and that it will<br />
enable, ‘<strong>for</strong>ce’ an entrepreneur to critically think about the business he is starting up.<br />
5.2.11. Relation and Link<br />
This category focuses on the relation between the identified aspects and serves to<br />
identify any imbalances that the respondents pointed out during the interviews. Some<br />
interviewees found it difficult to indicate the exact relation between the aspects. A<br />
distinction has been made between aspects that are equally related, aspects that are<br />
less related and aspects that are strongly related (see appendix O).<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 66<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
In line with the earlier crude distinction made between two groups of respondents,<br />
the same distinction seems to apply <strong>for</strong> this category. One group is in favour of<br />
making the financial aspect a separate dimension and to give this dimension a<br />
serving role towards the remaining dominant perspectives. Although the financial<br />
aspect should not be the main target of the business, the investor is still a<br />
stakeholder to keep satisfied. The other group, on the contrary, considers the social<br />
aspects to be a separate dimension. Separate from the relationship the entrepreneur,<br />
his business and the demand of the product have in order to generate sufficient<br />
financial return.<br />
Both groups confirm the relation between those remaining aspects, the entrepreneur,<br />
the business and the demand of the product. The difference is that one group argues<br />
that the focus should be on those aspects to make sure that the entrepreneur will<br />
have sufficient financial return. The other group argues that the focus should be on<br />
the contribution towards the society including the related stakeholders; customers,<br />
‘employees’, the society and the investors to make sure everybody is satisfied and<br />
when that is ensured that the financial return will follow automatically.<br />
5.2.12. Most Important<br />
In line with the previous paragraph there are different views on what is the most<br />
important. All the previous discussed categories are mentioned by different<br />
respondents as important; financial, social, demand, personal, satisfaction, reason to<br />
start and network (see appendix P).<br />
5.2.13. Measurement and Indicators<br />
In a similar vein as the previously held discussion at the financial aspect,<br />
respondents suggested not to explicitly focus on, and only measure the financial<br />
return but instead ensure that all-important stakeholders are satisfied.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 67<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
5.3 Summary<br />
Based on the empirical findings, tables 5.2 – 5.5 present the answers to the following<br />
four sub-questions (the X indicates the elements that are included in the new model):<br />
• How can the BSC improve the sustainability of starting entrepreneurs<br />
supported by pre-loan BDS?<br />
• How does the BSC need to be adjusted to be suited <strong>for</strong> the needs of these<br />
starting entrepreneurs?<br />
• What dimensions of the BSC are relevant <strong>for</strong> the starting entrepreneurs?<br />
• How do the dimensions relate to each other in an optimal BSC?<br />
Sub Question Proposition Concrete Result<br />
How can the<br />
BSC<br />
improve the<br />
sustainability<br />
of<br />
starting<br />
entrepreneurs<br />
supported<br />
by pre-loan<br />
BDS?<br />
!<br />
Make clear what<br />
needs to be done<br />
to start and run a<br />
business<br />
Clearly show how<br />
dimensions relate<br />
to each other<br />
Focus on<br />
appropriate<br />
dimensions<br />
Easy, visual and<br />
simple to use<br />
model<br />
See next subquestions<br />
Enables them to think their<br />
plans through<br />
Increase the survival rate X<br />
Discourages people that do<br />
not start <strong>for</strong> the right reasons X<br />
Increase the sustainability of<br />
the enterprise<br />
Sub Question Proposition Concrete Result<br />
How does the<br />
BSC need to<br />
be adjusted<br />
to suite the<br />
needs of<br />
starting<br />
entrepreneurs?<br />
!<br />
!<br />
!<br />
Table 5.2: How can the BSC improve the sustainability of starting entrepreneurs? (Author)!<br />
Easy, visual<br />
and simple<br />
to use<br />
model<br />
Focus on<br />
appropriate<br />
dimensions<br />
Clearly show where<br />
the entrepreneur<br />
needs to focus on<br />
Enables the entrepreneur to<br />
ensure the appropriate balanced<br />
between all dimensions and<br />
increase the sustainability<br />
See next sub-question Increase the sustainability of the<br />
enterprise X<br />
Table 5.3: How does the BSC need to be adjusted? (Author)!<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 68<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
Question<br />
What<br />
dimensions<br />
of<br />
the BSC<br />
are<br />
relevant<br />
<strong>for</strong> the<br />
starting<br />
entrepreneurs?<br />
!<br />
!<br />
Proposition Concrete Result<br />
Reason,<br />
drive and<br />
contribution<br />
Social<br />
Financial<br />
SustainabilityEntrepreneur<br />
Customer,<br />
Market<br />
Research<br />
Internal<br />
Business<br />
Processes<br />
Personal<br />
Development<br />
Why Question; reason<br />
to start the business<br />
Where Question; clear<br />
targets<br />
What Question; contribution<br />
towards society<br />
Make sure entrepreneurs start <strong>for</strong><br />
the right reasons<br />
Focussed operations activities X<br />
Able to satisfy all related<br />
stakeholders<br />
Employment Job Creation X<br />
Measurable Reachable Targets X<br />
Not dominant Serving role to other dimensions X<br />
Liquidity Sufficient capital at all times X<br />
Satisfy Investors Secure access to capital X<br />
Education<br />
Proper administration<br />
How to deal with family and<br />
Personal factors prevent over-indebt-ness<br />
Low (initial) investment Not much capital is needed<br />
Growth<br />
Prevent copying<br />
behaviour Continuing Market<br />
Research<br />
What roles need to be<br />
fulfilled?<br />
Professional<br />
(capacities; education,<br />
experience, skills, etc.)<br />
Personal (traits, ‘real’<br />
entrepreneur; driven,<br />
optimistic, etc?)<br />
Secure sustainability; focus on the<br />
niche.<br />
Determine demand X<br />
Adjust to needs of customers X<br />
Improve product X<br />
Increase satisfaction<br />
Inside in what the entrepreneur can<br />
X<br />
do himself and <strong>for</strong> what he will<br />
need assistance, trough his<br />
networks or BDS?<br />
X<br />
Learning<br />
by doing<br />
Expanding private and<br />
professional network<br />
Do not start if you cannot handle<br />
disappointments, stress, etc.<br />
Sub Question Proposition Concrete Result<br />
How do the<br />
dimensions<br />
relate to<br />
each other<br />
in an<br />
optimal<br />
BSC?<br />
!<br />
!<br />
Table 5.4: What dimensions are relevant <strong>for</strong> starting entrepreneurs? (Author)!<br />
Focus on<br />
satisfying all<br />
related<br />
stakeholders<br />
All stakeholders<br />
are equally<br />
important<br />
Customer Buys products and allows X<br />
Society<br />
you to run your business X<br />
Entrepreneur Personal satisfaction X<br />
Investors Provides capital X<br />
If any of the stakeholders<br />
is unsatisfied it could be<br />
the end of the business<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> enterprise<br />
Table 5.5: How do the dimensions relate to each other in an optimal BSC? (Author)!<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 69<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
6. Discussion<br />
6.1 Introduction<br />
This study explored the role the BSC can play in the Dutch microfinance sector. The<br />
focus of this study was towards the starting entrepreneurs that seek counselling at<br />
the MF-points (<strong>for</strong> pre-loan BDS). I have found support <strong>for</strong> the idea that the BSC can<br />
make a contribution towards the sustainability of the microfinance sector, by<br />
improving the survival rate of starting entrepreneurs. Certain empirical findings arose<br />
as conflicting, other as interesting, when compared to literature concerning<br />
microfinance and the BSC; these will be discussed in the following chapter.<br />
6.2 A <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard <strong>for</strong> Micro and Small Entrepreneurs<br />
The previous chapter ended with a summary of all the empirical findings (see table<br />
5.2). Table 5.2 also already indicated which elements have been included in the new<br />
model. The new model is presented by figure 6.1.<br />
Figure 6.1: ‘Equally’ <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard <strong>for</strong> Micro and Small Entrepreneurs (Author)<br />
!<br />
6.2.1. General ‘Equally’ <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard Model<br />
Figure 6.1 shows that the model has four dimensions, which represent the four<br />
identified stakeholders important <strong>for</strong> MSE. The shape of the model is inspired by the<br />
Social Enterprise Scorecard (Meadows and Pike, 2009, p. 136). The model clearly<br />
indicates that each stakeholder is equally important and the aim is to keep each<br />
stakeholder optimally satisfied. The model indicates that the business is as<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 70<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
successful as the weakest dimension and there<strong>for</strong>e clearly indicates the dimension<br />
the entrepreneur needs to focus on. Finally the model clearly illustrates how all<br />
dimension are linked, something the BSC is often criticized <strong>for</strong> by theory (Nørreklit,<br />
2000; Kunc, 2008).<br />
For each stakeholder a separate matrix will be developed where measurable targets<br />
and objective are set. The matrix will be similar to the BSC matrix of the MFC (2007)<br />
(see figure B-1 at appendix B). Developing SMART objectives with appropriate lead<br />
and lag indicators will be a crucial step and the proposition is that this is done during<br />
sessions with the business advisor of the MF-point. When a target is reached the<br />
square in the model grows to the next level. Accordingly each aspect of the model<br />
will be discussed and linked with findings from the literature review.<br />
6.2.2. Social<br />
Based on the work of Meadows and Pike (2009) this aspect was identified as an<br />
important element. This has been supported by empirical evidence. The suggestion<br />
was made that each business, regardless of size, should have a clear economic,<br />
social, or ecological objective. When a business makes a clear contribution towards<br />
the society it secures its ‘licence to operate’, something the business depends on<br />
from the society. Taking a holistic view, each separate stakeholder is part of the<br />
society, when the business satisfies the society all the separate stakeholders are<br />
implicitly satisfied as well. This makes it easier to focus the operational activities.<br />
6.2.3. Financial<br />
Since the time of Friedman, business models have had a strong focus on the<br />
financial aspect and on maximizing shareholders return. The traditional BSC (from<br />
Kaplan and Norton) is no exception. Empirical evidence indicates that times are<br />
chancing and different, more appropriate PMS are needed. However contested<br />
empirical evidence suggests releasing the financial aspect from its predominantly<br />
important role and moving it towards a facilitating, more serving role towards the<br />
other dimensions. Sufficient capital is of crucial importance, there<strong>for</strong>e satisfying<br />
investors and liquidity are of major importance, but the financial return should not be<br />
a mean of itself.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 71<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
6.2.4. Sustainability Entrepreneur<br />
Theory suggested that small businesses are a critical component of the global<br />
economy. Policy makers generally believe that small businesses play a crucial role in<br />
reducing unemployment and generating economic growth (Council <strong>for</strong> microfinance,<br />
2007; Lämmermann et al., 2007; Molenaar, 2009). This view has been contested by<br />
other theory, since the typical start up is not innovative, creates few jobs and<br />
generates little wealth, rather they are founding wage-substitution business that have<br />
more in common with self-employment than with the creation of high quality, high<br />
growth companies (Shane, 2009). Empirical evidence supports this last view and<br />
mentioned the phenomenon ‘copying behaviour’, which creates a stiff competition,<br />
few jobs and high failure rates. Theory indicated managerial inadequacy, unfamiliarity<br />
with established business practices, integration of strategic and operational<br />
management processes, lack of managerial experience, inadequate planning and<br />
poor financial control and record-keeping as causes of high failure rates within the<br />
first three to five years (Gaskill et al., 1993; Pickle and Abrahamson, 1990; Meredith,<br />
1989).<br />
Theory suggested that government officials, although not able to ‘pick winners’, can<br />
identify start-ups with a low probability of generating jobs and enhancing economic<br />
growth. By eliminating incentives to create these low probability companies, policy<br />
makers can improve the average per<strong>for</strong>mance of new businesses (Shane, 2009).<br />
Empirical evidence supports this suggestion. The new model will enable government<br />
officials and starting entrepreneurs to indentify the potential growth.<br />
6.2.5. Customer and Market research<br />
The customer perspective plays an important role in all traditional BSC models<br />
(Kaplan and Norton, 1996a; Lynch and Cross, 1991), by indentified recent models it<br />
has only been replaced once (Meadows and Pike, 2009). For all other model of the<br />
BSC beyond the private sector the customer perspectives plays an important role<br />
(MFC, 2007; Gomes and Liddle, 2009; McNair and Watts, 2009; Watts et al., 2009b).<br />
Empirical evidence strongly confirms this importance and confirms that the market<br />
research needs to be a continuing process in order to identify trends and changes in<br />
the needs of customers, allowing an entrepreneur to adjust his product or service<br />
towards these needs and secure demand. The theory identified, this flexibility and<br />
ability to proactively shift operations and focus to meet changing customers<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 72<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
equirements as one of the key competitive advantages <strong>for</strong> many small businesses<br />
(Davig et al., 2004; Knight and Knight, 1993).<br />
6.2.6. Internal Business Processes<br />
Literature <strong>for</strong>mulated three related aspects (Watts and Preda, 2004; Orser et al.,<br />
2000; Meredith, 1989). The first aspects related to resource issues; smaller firms rely<br />
on a few individuals to carry out the various management tasks necessitating the<br />
owner-manager to acquire many diverse skills to operate the enterprise successfully,<br />
resource poverty generally restricts this acquisition. The second point made was that<br />
structures of small businesses are generally flat, with fast in<strong>for</strong>mation flows allowing<br />
a fast decision making process. The third point, strongly related to the second was<br />
that a dominant role is played by the starting entrepreneur; recognizing that he is<br />
fundamental <strong>for</strong> the small firm, since their innovative qualities and philosophies often<br />
shape its nature and they also create and influence the management style. In many<br />
instances they are the business! Empirical evidence supported this view and<br />
suggested to put more emphasis on the potential of the network every person has or<br />
assertively can create and extend.<br />
6.2.7. Organizational, Personal Development<br />
Since the entrepreneur is the business, the traditional dimension; internal business<br />
processes, is not included in the model. The proposition is that when the business<br />
advisor of the MF-point, together with the starting entrepreneur, adjust this model to<br />
the specific needs of the business, that one of the first steps is to identify what tasks<br />
need to be carried-out. When these tasks are place in the entrepreneurial dimension,<br />
the next step is to realistically, concerning time, skills, experience and education,<br />
identify which tasks can be carried-out by the starting entrepreneur (and his network)<br />
and more importantly, <strong>for</strong> which tasks he will need to seek assistance.<br />
Theory suggested placing extra emphasis on the planning and acquisition, to prevent<br />
operating in ‘fire-fighting’ mode (Shrader et al., 1989). This has been supported by<br />
empirical evidence. It was noted that (in particular, <strong>for</strong> ZZP-ers) the acquisition<br />
should be a continuing process in order to prevent having to search <strong>for</strong> a new order<br />
or contract after one is finished.<br />
6.2.8. Learning, Growth and Employee<br />
See paragraph 6.2.6 and 6.2.7<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 73<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
6.2.9. Network & Business Development Support<br />
See paragraph 6.2.6 and 6.2.7<br />
6.2.10. Reason, Drive and Contribution<br />
Empirical findings identified three questions as the starting point of the entrepreneur.<br />
The ‘what’ question has been incorporated in the social dimension (see 6.2.2). For<br />
the ‘why’ question, the proposition is that it should primarily be addressed by the<br />
business advisor and secondly be incorporated in the entrepreneurial dimension. For<br />
the ‘where’ question theory states that; in the business sense, per<strong>for</strong>mance refers to<br />
the accomplishment of the business’ strategies (actions) in order to achieve the<br />
objectives (obligations) established. The objective may be a targeted level of<br />
profitability (key to survival) or an above average or improved return on investment<br />
(required <strong>for</strong> growth). Per<strong>for</strong>mance measurements quantify action in terms of their<br />
efficiencies and effectiveness, which represent the degree to which the obligations of<br />
the firm are fulfilled (Neely et al., 1995). As with many business models since<br />
Friedman, the emphasis is placed here on the financial aspect. Empirical findings<br />
suggest not to determine the per<strong>for</strong>mance of a business based on its financial return,<br />
but to focus on aspects such as satisfaction and measure relevant returns. The best<br />
way to illustrate these points is by quoting Bullens (2010);<br />
‘Why do we make the financial perspective so dominant? Say you are a<br />
customer at Albert Heijn and you need to pay twice as much <strong>for</strong> your product,<br />
but you are still satisfied. Does Albert Heijn have a problem then?’<br />
‘Why is that financial perspective then so important? I'll give you the<br />
answer. Everybody thinks it is important, because the paradigm we have<br />
created, the financial model dominants <strong>for</strong> the perception whether we should<br />
be satisfied. At the FNV federation, they think that when they arrange a salary<br />
increase <strong>for</strong> the people, members of the FNV, that they will be satisfied. That<br />
is their stand while negotiating. Same <strong>for</strong> interest <strong>for</strong> shareholders,<br />
companies argue that when shareholders have a higher return they will be<br />
satisfied. That is the dominant thinking. Why not ask are you satisfied? We<br />
developed those financial models when they were needed. By that time we did<br />
not have enough calculation capacity. But do we still need it?’<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 74<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
‘Everything is setup to reach the best profitability and we have very bad<br />
measurement systems to check that. One liter of oil, does that represent a cost<br />
or a benefit?’<br />
‘In my opinion the financial dimension should only be serving the other<br />
perspectives. I understand that it is very difficult, but you should do the output<br />
measurement in bags of potatoes or something similar. It is completely<br />
irrelevant if I have made !100.000, -‘<br />
6.2.11. Relation and Link<br />
See paragraph 6.2.1.<br />
6.2.12. Most Important<br />
See paragraph 6.2.1<br />
6.2.13. Measurement and Indicators<br />
Coming back to model and the ‘where’ question, the proposition is to focus on<br />
satisfaction. The goals and objectives have to be set by the entrepreneur during the<br />
sessions with the business advisor, since this is one of the most critical elements of<br />
the BSC and to ensure that they will be measureable. Targets can be very simple<br />
and small, <strong>for</strong> example <strong>for</strong> the entrepreneur dimension, the target can be to be able<br />
to eat, maintain the family and pay the rent or mortgage of the house (see figure 6.2).<br />
Figure 6.2: ‘Equally’ <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard <strong>for</strong> Micro and Small Entrepreneurs (Author)<br />
!<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 75<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
The discussion is ended with a final quote, from Boer (2010);<br />
‘Research shows that entrepreneurs are happier than people that do not<br />
do that, as long as they have an annual turnover of around !22.000. That<br />
is just above social welfare level, it is not ridiculously high. Below that, it<br />
really depends on whether the partner makes any money’.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 76<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
7. Conclusion, Recommendations and Limitations<br />
7.1 Introduction<br />
First an answer to the research question is provided. Subsequently the theoretical<br />
contributions and practical implications are discussed. Followed by a research<br />
reflection where advantages and limitations are described. Finally suggestions <strong>for</strong><br />
further research are presented.<br />
7.2 Concluding Remarks<br />
The purpose of this study is making a contribution towards the existing literature and<br />
meanwhile enhancing the sustainability of the Dutch microfinance sector by adjusting<br />
(<strong>for</strong>eign) per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement systems to the specific needs of an important<br />
player in the field.<br />
The <strong>for</strong>mulated research question is; ‘how can the Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement<br />
Systems (PMS) used (by <strong>Microfinance</strong> Institutions) in both developing and<br />
industrialized countries be used to provided the best <strong>added</strong> <strong>value</strong> <strong>for</strong> the<br />
microfinance sector in the Netherlands?<br />
7.2.1 From the Literature Review<br />
Based on the literature, the following conclusions were drawn:<br />
• This study has the most <strong>added</strong> <strong>value</strong> when focussing on the pre-loan Business<br />
Development Services (BDS) in the Netherlands. This conclusion is threefold:<br />
o BDS are of major importance <strong>for</strong> the survival rate of starting<br />
entrepreneurs. Improving this survival rate will have a significant<br />
contribution towards the sustainability of the complete sector;<br />
o At the time of research no specific PMS has been found that is being<br />
used or provided by pre-loan BDS to start up micro and small<br />
entrepreneurs;<br />
o The relative late introduction of microfinance in the Netherlands enabled<br />
the single (major) microcredit supplier, Qredits, to learn from <strong>for</strong>eign<br />
experiences and develop a PMS that incorporates many of the<br />
advantages a <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard (BSC) related PMS could generate;<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 77<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
• Since the development of microfinance in Europe, BDS have been regarded<br />
as an essential factor <strong>for</strong> the successful realization of a microloan. This stands<br />
in contrast to microfinance in developing countries, where credits are more<br />
often delivered without additional business support.<br />
• BDS are expensive and rely heavily on government subsidies, there<strong>for</strong>e<br />
government officials need to limit BDS to starting entrepreneurs with sufficient<br />
growth potential;<br />
• MFI cope with a double bottom line, there<strong>for</strong>e they are in pursuit of a PMS that<br />
allows them to measure both financial and non-financial results. A PMS that is<br />
invented to deal with financial and non-financial measures is the BSC.<br />
7.2.2 From the Empirical Findings<br />
Based on the empirical findings, sixteen different categories emerged. After<br />
analyzing the empirical findings and comparing them with the theory, the following<br />
major conclusions can be drawn:<br />
• Starting point; potential entrepreneurs need to ask themselves three<br />
questions be<strong>for</strong>e starting up a business:<br />
o Why do I start this business?<br />
! To discourage those that start <strong>for</strong> the wrong reasons<br />
o Where do I want to be in ‘three’ years?<br />
! In order to develop appropriate and measurable targets<br />
o What contribution do I make towards the society?<br />
! In order to ensure satisfying all related stakeholders and<br />
focussing the operational activities;<br />
• Social; taking a holistic view, each separate stakeholder is part of the society.<br />
When the business satisfies the society, by explicitly making an economic,<br />
social or ecological contribution, all the separate stakeholders are implicitly<br />
satisfied as well. This makes it easier to focus the operational activities;<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 78<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
• Financial; since the time of Friedman, business models have had a strong<br />
focus on the financial aspect and on maximizing shareholders return.<br />
Empirical evidence suggests releasing the financial aspect from its<br />
predominantly important role and moving it towards a facilitating, more serving<br />
role towards the other dimensions;<br />
• Investor; financial return should not be a means of itself but, sufficient capital<br />
is of crucial importance. There<strong>for</strong>e, in order to secure access to capital,<br />
satisfying investors is of major importance;<br />
• Sustainability Entrepreneur; typical start up businesses have high failure<br />
rates within the first three to five years. This is caused by the following<br />
reasons:<br />
o Copying behaviour; the typical start up is not innovative, creates few<br />
jobs and generates little wealth;<br />
o Managerial inadequacy; unfamiliarity with established business<br />
practices, integration of strategic and operational management<br />
processes, lack of managerial experience, inadequate planning and<br />
poor financial control and record-keeping;<br />
• There<strong>for</strong>e government officials should eliminate incentives to create low<br />
probability companies and focus on start up companies with a lot of (growth)<br />
potential.<br />
• Customer and Market research; market research needs to be a continuing<br />
process in order to identify trends and changes in the needs of customers,<br />
allowing an entrepreneur to adjust his product or service towards these needs<br />
and secure demand. This flexibility and ability to proactively shift operations<br />
and focus to meet changing customers requirements is one of the key<br />
competitive advantages of micro and small entrepreneurs;<br />
• Entrepreneur; the entrepreneur often is the business. It is important to identify<br />
what tasks can be done by the entrepreneur and <strong>for</strong> what tasks he will need to<br />
seek assistance through his private or personal network or BDS.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 79<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
7.2.3 The Model: ‘Equally’ <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard<br />
In order <strong>for</strong> the model to be useful <strong>for</strong> starting entrepreneurs, the model clearly needs<br />
to indicate:<br />
• That each stakeholder is equally important;<br />
• The dimension(s) the entrepreneur needs to focus on;<br />
• How all dimensions are linked.<br />
The following dimensions are relevant <strong>for</strong> these starting entrepreneurs:<br />
• Society;<br />
• Investor;<br />
• Customer;<br />
• Entrepreneur.<br />
7.3 Theoretical Contribution<br />
Most important, but not limited to the theoretical contribution, is that we need to shift<br />
the thinking model, the perspectives we consider to be important. The majority of the<br />
business models have a strong emphasis on the financial perspective and<br />
maximizing shareholders returns. Times are changing and different more appropriate<br />
PMS need to be developed.<br />
The model as concluded in the previous paragraph is by itself a contribution to the<br />
theory. As far as the scope of this research could reach; no similar model has been<br />
found used by MFIs.<br />
7.4 Practical Implications<br />
The first question addressed to a starting entrepreneur should be; ‘why do you want<br />
to start a business?’ Although difficult, the business advisor really needs to determine<br />
what the real reason <strong>for</strong> the person is to start a business. When the business advisor<br />
has doubt or thinks the person starts <strong>for</strong> the wrong reasons the business advisor<br />
should discourage this person to start up a business.<br />
Policy makers need to realize that microfinance is not the single solution to generate<br />
economic development. The typical start up is not innovative, creates few jobs and<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 80<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
generates little wealth, rather they are founding wage-substitution business that have<br />
more in common with self-employment than with the creation of high quality, high<br />
growth companies (Shane, 2009).<br />
7.5 Research Reflection<br />
This qualitative study has a number of advantages but also includes several<br />
limitations. Advantages are that by conducting a qualitative study the researcher is<br />
giving the opportunity to reflect on the results of the interviews. After 20% of the<br />
interviews were conducted a pattern emerged that the financial perspective should<br />
not be predominantly important and greater emphasis should be put on the society.<br />
This led to the following alterations; questions were asked about what role the<br />
interviewees felt the financial perspective should play and what returns are important.<br />
These questions allowed <strong>for</strong> further insight to be gained on how the interviewees<br />
view these aspects from the role they play within the microfinance sector. The results<br />
showed that a crude distinction could be made between players that are involved<br />
with loans and those that are not.<br />
Another benefit of using a qualitative method <strong>for</strong> this study is the position of the topic.<br />
<strong>Microfinance</strong> is a new phenomenon in the Netherlands that previously has not been<br />
researched from the perspective to develop a PMS <strong>for</strong> starting entrepreneurs. The<br />
interviews did not limit respondents from delivering a diverse set of in<strong>for</strong>mation on the<br />
topic, resulting in new insights being gained and giving this study a purpose. The<br />
interviews allowed individuals to respond how they wanted to, without creating<br />
boundaries in which they needed to remain. This openness also made the<br />
respondents feel that their opinion was very valuable, giving them more confidence in<br />
answering the questions and increasing the <strong>value</strong> of the interviews.<br />
In this study evidence is found that the ‘Equally’ <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard <strong>for</strong> micro and<br />
small entrepreneurs can make a contribution towards the sustainability of the<br />
microfinance sector. However, these findings may be an exception to the rule; due to<br />
the limited time available <strong>for</strong> the research, the respondents’ sample is limited. The<br />
research was conducted during a busy time <strong>for</strong> most of the respondents, there<strong>for</strong>e<br />
the available time <strong>for</strong> the interview was often limited to one hour.<br />
Another limitation of this study can be found in the validity of the research. Although it<br />
was taken into account throughout the entire study, there are certain limitations that<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 81<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
cannot be controlled by the researcher. First of all, it is difficult to have the full<br />
confidence in criticizing the answers of the respondents as true and if they truly<br />
understand the question. The pilot-interview has been conducted in English, when<br />
the mother tongue of the interviewee and the interviewer were Dutch. This resulted in<br />
certain questions not being fully understood, but more importantly resulted in not<br />
being able to fully word what the interviewee wished to say. This means that the<br />
interviewee may have meant one thing but said another, due to the lack of English.<br />
There<strong>for</strong>e the remaining interviews have been conducted in Dutch.<br />
To increase the understanding upfront explanations and descriptions of the topic<br />
were sent to each respondent be<strong>for</strong>e the interview in order to allow them to get<br />
acquainted with the subject. The reliability was covered in this research because<br />
there was a balance between having eight ‘experts’ from different viewpoints all<br />
interviewed in a similar, familiar setting <strong>for</strong> the interviewee.<br />
In the end, all research, whether theoretical or empirical in nature, retains flaws and<br />
opportunities <strong>for</strong> future improvement. The work was, as is always the case, shaped<br />
by the experiences and the knowledge of the researcher. By definition that means<br />
that some work may have been overlooked, others improperly evaluated or<br />
assessed, and leaving yet other weaknesses and options un-contemplated and<br />
hence unaddressed.<br />
7.6 Future Research<br />
The challenge that remains is to empirically determine whether the ‘Equally’<br />
<strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard <strong>for</strong> Micro and Small Entrepreneurs is useful <strong>for</strong> these<br />
entrepreneurs. The number of ways that these empirical tests can be per<strong>for</strong>med is<br />
practically limitless. Experiments could be run to see if the ‘Equally’ <strong>Balanced</strong><br />
Scorecard <strong>for</strong> Micro and Small Entrepreneurs metrics improve a decision-maker’s<br />
ability to choose the best action among a set of options. Longitudinal field studies<br />
and action research could be undertaken to determine if the application of the<br />
proposed model and set of metrics would improve planning and per<strong>for</strong>mance in small<br />
businesses. These are just two of many options available <strong>for</strong> future work.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 82<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
List of Appendices<br />
Appendix A: Thesis Proposal<br />
Appendix B: Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement Systems Beyond the Private Sector<br />
Appendix C: Interview Outline<br />
Appendix D: Reason, Drive and Contribution<br />
Appendix E: Social<br />
Appendix F: Financial<br />
Appendix G: Sustainability Entrepreneur<br />
Appendix H: Customer and Market research<br />
Appendix I: Internal Business Processes<br />
Appendix J: Organizational, Personal Development<br />
Appendix K: Learning, Growth and Employee<br />
Appendix L: Network<br />
Appendix M: Business Development Services<br />
Appendix N: General BSC model<br />
Appendix O: Relation and Link<br />
Appendix P: Most Important<br />
Appendix Q: Measurement and Indicators<br />
Appendix R: Sustainability of <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />
Appendix S: Qredits<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 83<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Appendix A – Thesis Proposal<br />
According to TiasNimbas’ rules and regulations, the proposal in this appendix is<br />
identical (except <strong>for</strong> the page numbers and font) to the one submitted to TiasNimbas<br />
on the 16 th of June 2010. The actual design followed in this study is explained in<br />
detail in Chapter 4 of the main body of this thesis.<br />
___________________________________________________________________<br />
Thesis Proposal<br />
<strong>Microfinance</strong> stimulating entrepreneurship in the Netherlands<br />
Searching <strong>for</strong> a sustainable model<br />
Student: Elmar Hoogendoorn<br />
Student ID: 200962009<br />
Address: Maliesingel 44 bis<br />
3581 BL, Utrecht<br />
Contact: elmar.hoogendoorn@gmail.com<br />
Mobile: +31 (0) 6 123 7 321 7<br />
University: TiasNimbas Business School<br />
Master of Science: Financial Management<br />
Supervisor: Mr. Michael Bier MBA<br />
Due date: June 16 th 2010<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 84<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Table of contents<br />
Table of contents 85<br />
1. Abstract 86<br />
2. Background 86<br />
3. Aims and objectives 91<br />
4. Research question 92<br />
5. Theoretical and practical relevance 92<br />
6. Methodology / data sources 93<br />
7. Expected outcome and recommendations 95<br />
8. Table of contents 96<br />
References 98<br />
Workprogram 100<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 85<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
1. Abstract<br />
The Thesis Project will focus on the practice of microfinance in the Netherland to<br />
stimulate entrepreneurship. It will create an overview of different microfinance models<br />
currently in practice. It will pay special attention to those models currently sustainable<br />
and independent of external finance. After extensive literature review, a benchmark<br />
will be created to develop a framework <strong>for</strong> a sustainable microfinance model. An<br />
inductive research, by interviews, will be conducted to finalize the framework by<br />
analyzing the views of, journalists, entrepreneurs, professors and other parties<br />
involved. The results, a framework <strong>for</strong> a sustainable model, will be useful <strong>for</strong> all<br />
parties involved in the microfinance process in the Netherlands.<br />
2. Background<br />
<strong>Microfinance</strong> in developing countries<br />
Initially, most developing countries accepted microfinance as an instrument to<br />
combat poverty. Then it was acclaimed as an instrument to boost entrepreneurial<br />
initiatives. Subsequently, microfinance institutions (MFIs) developed comprehensive<br />
programs offering a wider range of products and services to micro-entrepreneurs.<br />
Now, the sector is considered an industry, and legalization and regulatory<br />
frameworks are developed and introduced in support of the sector (Molenaar, 2009).<br />
<strong>Microfinance</strong> in Central and Eastern Europe<br />
According to the European <strong>Microfinance</strong> Network (EMN) the state of microfinance in<br />
Central and Eastern Europe (CEE) and the New Independent States (NIS) is much<br />
more developed than in Western Europe (Evers and Jung, 2005). In CEE<br />
microfinance began as an economic development tool after the fall of the Berlin Wall.<br />
Within 5 or 6 years, microfinance institutions in CEE and in the NIS had attracted<br />
more than 1.7m borrowers and 2.3m depositors, with an average client growth rate of<br />
30% per year (European Investment Fund (EIF), 2009).<br />
The <strong>Microfinance</strong> Centre (MFC) (<strong>for</strong> CEE and the NIS) has developed the Strategic<br />
Management Toolkit to help MFIs professionalize their strategic management<br />
processes and improve their double bottom line. The toolkit minimizes the risk of<br />
mission drift <strong>for</strong> those MFIs, which grow fast, trans<strong>for</strong>m themselves into regulated<br />
institutions, and/or compete aggressively with other market players (MFC, 2007).<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 86<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
The success of MFIs in CEE is majorly due to a favorable environment <strong>for</strong><br />
microfinance. They enjoy an appropriate banking regulation with a micro-finance<br />
lending window, a high level of demand and low price sensitivity. Their profitability is<br />
partly due to being able to concentrate on their lending activities. This is different<br />
from most EU based microfinance organizations that have to deliver higher levels of<br />
business support. This is due to a more complex enterprise regulation and<br />
environment and also to the fact that these microfinance organizations focus on<br />
clients starting out of exclusion rather than the established entrepreneurs which is the<br />
typical area of focus <strong>for</strong> MFIs in transition and developing countries (Evers and Jung,<br />
2005).<br />
<strong>Microfinance</strong> in Western Europe<br />
Micro-credit and microfinance in Western Europe are rather new phenomena and<br />
were first put seriously on the agenda in the early nineties. In a relatively short period<br />
both have been embraced fully by politicians at the European Union - and at some<br />
national levels - as a valuable instrument <strong>for</strong> social and economic development<br />
(Molenaar, 2009). There is a spread belief in Europe that microcredit can play an<br />
important role within the Lisbon strategy <strong>for</strong> growth and employment and achieve<br />
social inclusion (Canale, 2010).<br />
For the European Initiative to be effective, coherence between the European and<br />
national policies needs to be sought. In the 2007 Survey of the <strong>Microfinance</strong> sector in<br />
Europe (Jayo et al., 2008) an assessment was also made of the Mission Statements<br />
of the majority of the organizations. These could be classified into the following four<br />
main categories:<br />
• Job creation and entrepreneurship promotion;<br />
• Small and Medium Enterprise (SME) and economic development;<br />
• Financial inclusion;<br />
• Social inclusion and the fight against poverty.<br />
Different models within Western Europe<br />
Due to the different missions of different organizations, different perspectives and<br />
models have been developed. One perspective about microfinance is that it is<br />
sustainable: “Dozen of institutions have proved that financial services <strong>for</strong> poor people<br />
can cover their full cost, through adequate interest spreads, relentless focus on<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 87<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
efficiency, and aggressive en<strong>for</strong>cement of repayment” (Littlefield and Rosenberg,<br />
2004). An opposite perspective is: “MFIs that focus on financial self-sufficiency bear<br />
the burden of proving that they are truly reaching the very poor. If not, then they are<br />
pushing the microfinance industry to abandon its <strong>value</strong>-based roots, and concern <strong>for</strong><br />
the poor, however earnest, can be become simply an excuse to make a buck.”<br />
(Woller, Dun<strong>for</strong>d and Warner, 1999).<br />
Based on different perspectives and missions, different models have been<br />
developed. In a research done by Granger and Lämmerman (2009), two different<br />
successful French organizations, Adie and France Initiative are being compared.<br />
Both organizations have reached considerable results; together they have provided<br />
more than 25,000 loans. They work very efficiently while reflecting different visions,<br />
aims and operating models. Both organizations were set up in similar political and<br />
economic contexts, but they operate upon different models and target a different<br />
clientele.<br />
Public money represents more than 80% of the resources of the two networks; but<br />
while Adie wants to escape this and become independent, and “financially<br />
sustainable”, France Initiative explicitly wants to work with public money, considering<br />
that financing new businesses <strong>for</strong> people in trouble is a public duty.<br />
Beside these very evident and important differences regarding their visions and<br />
operations, both organizations nevertheless also work based on significant<br />
similarities: both rely heavily on the involvement of volunteers regarding their<br />
Business Development Services (BDS) provision and final decision on loan provision<br />
as well as on partnerships of all kinds, thereby keeping operational cost as low as<br />
possible (Granger and Lämmerman, 2009).<br />
Armendáriz (2009), who compares Adie with a Belgian microfinance organization<br />
called Crédal, has done similar research.<br />
<strong>Microfinance</strong> in the Netherlands<br />
In 2007, the Dutch Ministry of Economic Affairs, under the management of State<br />
Secretary Frank Heemskerk, appointed The Board of <strong>Microfinance</strong>. One of the<br />
members of this board is Her Royal Highness Princess Maxima of the Netherlands,<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 88<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
who was a member of the UN advisory committee during the year of microcredit<br />
2005.<br />
Significant groups of potential entrepreneurs (dropouts, re-entrants and recipients of<br />
social security benefits) were unable to get a loan from the conventional banks. For<br />
banks it is difficult to indicate the level of credit risk, because small entrepreneurs do<br />
not speak the financial language and the costs of such small loans are relatively high<br />
(Heemskerk, 2009).<br />
With the help of four big banks (ING Bank, Rabobank, ABN AMRO Bank and Fortis<br />
Bank) the foundation Qredits was erected in October 2008. Supported by the Ministry<br />
of Economic Affairs, the foundation provides loans up to a limit of !35.000,- to<br />
entrepreneurs without social security benefits. Besides financial support, all<br />
entrepreneurs are also linked to a coach that will assist during the difficult period of<br />
starting up a business.<br />
According to a research, conducted in 2006, by 21minuten.nl and the Dutch<br />
Chamber of Commerce, 3.000.000 people think about starting their own business<br />
within five years and 600.000 have concrete plans to do so (see Figure 1). Annually<br />
only 70.000 people actually start their own business. The main reasons <strong>for</strong> this<br />
relatively low number are; lack of assistance, financial barriers and insufficient<br />
knowledge and capacities (Microfinanciering, 2006). The provision of microfinance, in<br />
combination with the assistance of a coach, can take away these barriers.<br />
Future development<br />
The ambition of microfinance in<br />
the Netherlands is stated in an<br />
advisory report conducted by<br />
McKinsey & Company in<br />
November 2009. This report<br />
states that the target should be<br />
to grow by several thousands<br />
credits annually, resulting in a<br />
substantial increase in the<br />
number of starting<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 89<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
entrepreneurs, compared to the current amount of starters. Due to this increase in<br />
scale, microfinance will be able to become self-sufficient and will be able to attract<br />
money from private investors. Until that moment, microfinance will remain financially<br />
depended on the government (Oberman and Roelofsen, 2009).<br />
Important perspectives from research and other literature<br />
First, McKinsey & Company advises the Dutch government that microfinance should<br />
and can become sustainable by providing 5.000 loans annually by 2015. This<br />
increase will allow the foundation Qredits to benefit from economies of scale, which<br />
will make them able to cover their own costs by the interest they receive on loans<br />
(Oberman and Roelofsen, 2009).<br />
Second, many researchers disagree with this perspective. One of the main<br />
arguments is that “Western European microfinance markets are over-crowded with<br />
social support organizations” (Jayo, Rico et al. 2008). Evers and Jung (2007)<br />
summarize this view as follows; “<strong>Microfinance</strong> programmes in Western Europe are<br />
not and possibly will not become profitable, but make economic sense. The average<br />
costs <strong>for</strong> someone supported with a microfinance scheme are often below the cost<br />
<strong>for</strong> one year of support in the traditional social welfare system, where cost thereby<br />
incurred are “lost subsidies”.” Also the EIF (2009) doubts whether sustainability is<br />
possible, to their knowledge there is not a single microlender that has achieved<br />
financial sustainability in Western Europe.<br />
Third, since the conditions are not favorable in Western Europe to become<br />
sustainable, other approaches toward microfinance have been developed. Two<br />
approaches to measuring social <strong>value</strong> seem interesting <strong>for</strong> microfinance<br />
organizations. Social accounting and social return on investment (SROI) are both<br />
used within this sector (Ramsden, 2009).<br />
Fourth, although there is a widespread debate about the critical success factor of<br />
microfinance in developing countries, there seems to be modest agreement about<br />
the positive influence of the group lending practice. Gomez and Santor (2003) found<br />
empirical evidence that group lending lowers borrower default rates more than<br />
individual lending, and that the effect operates through the dual channels of selection<br />
into the peer lending program and, once inside the program, greater group borrower<br />
ef<strong>for</strong>t. Also later research done by Bhole and Ogden (2009) supports this view; “We<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 90<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
show that if, (1) the amount that a successful borrower owes <strong>for</strong> his defaulting partner<br />
is optimally determined, and (2) the penalty is allowed to vary across group<br />
members, then even in the absence of any social sanctions or cross-reporting, (1)<br />
expected borrower welfare is strictly higher with group lending when both group<br />
lending and individual lending are feasible and (2) group lending is feasible <strong>for</strong> a<br />
greater range of opportunity cost of capital. These results are robust to collusion<br />
between borrowers.”<br />
Fifth, knowing that there are sustainable microfinance examples in CEE and<br />
developing countries, it is important to know the difference between those regions<br />
and Western Europe. According to Molenaar (2009), the key characteristics of<br />
microfinance in Western Europe compared to the other regions are; individual loans<br />
rather than group-based lending, higher average loan size (around !11.000), tailored<br />
business and financial support, general <strong>for</strong> a longer period, higher average interest<br />
rate and in addition to interest, most MFIs in the EU area charge loan application<br />
fees, loan processing and interest penalties on top of the interest as a means of<br />
covering operational costs. This is most common where MFIs strive <strong>for</strong> their own self-<br />
sustainability. Granger and Lämmerman (2009) argue that comparing microfinance<br />
development conditions is impossible, because wealth in the countries is different, as<br />
is the concept of involvement of public money in microfinance. Even the concept of<br />
the aims and the concept of entrepreneurship as a model <strong>for</strong> microfinance are<br />
different.<br />
Finally, within Western Europe, some important players like, Adie in France (based<br />
on the Grameen Bank model), are making a short-term objective out of becoming<br />
sustainable (Genet, 2009). Adie <strong>for</strong> example has established six pilot branches called<br />
Adigo branches. A person who would like to take out a loan has to gather three other<br />
persons who each have an individual business project and need a loan. Each person<br />
in the group obtains a loan and needs to show solidarity <strong>for</strong> the loan repayment of<br />
each other member of the group (Granger and Lämmerman, 2009).<br />
3. Aims and objectives<br />
The aim of the Thesis Project is to find out how the Dutch microfinance model (used<br />
to stimulate entrepreneurship) can be made sustainable. This will be done, by<br />
analyzing successful (<strong>for</strong>eign) examples.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 91<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
The Thesis Project has several objectives:<br />
• Create an overview of all relevant literature about microfinance (models);<br />
• Create an overview of all relevant literature about government stimulating<br />
entrepreneurship programs;<br />
• Create an benchmark and compare the current Dutch microfinance model;<br />
• Conduct interviews with important players in the microfinance sector;<br />
• Develop a framework a sustainable microfinance model in the Netherlands.<br />
4. Research question<br />
The main question of the Thesis Project is:<br />
• How can the Dutch microfinance model (used to stimulate<br />
entrepreneurship), be made sustainable, by lessons learned <strong>for</strong>m<br />
successful examples?<br />
The following are examples of sub questions that will be used to answer the main<br />
question:<br />
• What relevant microfinance models are or have been used worldwide to<br />
stimulate entrepreneurship?<br />
• What microfinance model is currently used in the Netherlands?<br />
• How does the current model stimulate entrepreneurship?<br />
• How is this going to change in the future?<br />
• Will it be possible to remain or lower the interest rates?<br />
• How do <strong>for</strong>eign models stimulate entrepreneurship?<br />
• When are models successful?<br />
• Why are some <strong>for</strong>eign models successful?<br />
• What factors are important <strong>for</strong> this success?<br />
• How is it possible to integrate these factors into the Dutch model?<br />
5. Theoretical and practical relevance<br />
Pamela Feleüs from Roosendaal has realized her dream. She was able to start her<br />
own hairdresser’s saloon, thanks to the money from the microcredit office West<br />
Brabant. Conventional banks did not want to help her, and told her to come back next<br />
year. According to Heemskerk is Pamela the hundredth starting entrepreneur that<br />
was helped by this <strong>for</strong>m of ‘soft’ loan. The institute providing the loans, Qredit, has<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 92<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
had around eight hundredth request <strong>for</strong> a loan so far (BN De Stem, 2009).<br />
Although there seems to be no downside to the practice in the paragraph above, the<br />
loans provided, usually have a relatively high interest rate. The reason <strong>for</strong> this is that<br />
the interest has to cover <strong>for</strong> the default risk of the entrepreneurs and because the<br />
costs of providing such a loan are relatively high, compared to the amount of money<br />
actually borrowed.<br />
In order to make the Dutch microfinance model sustainable and the governments<br />
ambition to withdrawal financial support there is a possibility that interest rates will<br />
have to go up in order to cover the costs. This will have huge consequences.<br />
Furthermore the Thesis Project will examine current theories and literature on<br />
microfinance models and will suggest practically based solutions, developed within a<br />
theoretical context.<br />
There<strong>for</strong>e, the Thesis Project will be useful <strong>for</strong> all parties involved in the provisions of<br />
microfinance.<br />
6. Methodology / data sources<br />
The Thesis Project will be written from an interpretive perspective, this allows<br />
indentifying the meaning individuals attach to their responses. Inline, a<br />
phenomenological epistemology is applied with the gathering of qualitative data; this<br />
refers to the way in which humans make sense out of world around us (Saunders,<br />
Lewis and Thornhill, 2009, p. 116). The methodology used <strong>for</strong> the Thesis Project will<br />
be inductive, interviews based on grounded theory.<br />
The research process consists of the following steps; literature review, data collection<br />
and analysis, model building and conclusions<br />
Secondary research<br />
The first step of the research will be an extensive review of all relevant literature<br />
published on the subject of microfinance models. The analysis of the secondary<br />
research will help to develop a general idea about the different microfinance models<br />
in relation to the ambition of making the Dutch model sustainable and to establish a<br />
theoretical background.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 93<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Based on the results from the literature review a benchmark will be created. This<br />
benchmark will be used to understand how the Dutch model currently stimulates<br />
entrepreneurship. In other words, how the model helps entrepreneurs to start up a<br />
(new) business.<br />
Primary research<br />
The ideas gained from the literature review will be used to develop appropriate<br />
interview questions. The interviews will be semi structured. This means that there is a<br />
list of themes and questions. During the interviews the questions and order can be<br />
different from earlier interviews (Saunders et al., 2009, p. 320).<br />
Dutch MFIs will be asked to talk about their experiences and opinions in order to<br />
create a general view of the ideas about a sustainable microfinance model. Be<strong>for</strong>e<br />
conducting the interviews, the questions will be used within a pilot study.<br />
Additionally prominent journalist, professors, starting entrepreneurs, successful<br />
entrepreneurs or other parties involved will be interviewed until theoretical saturation<br />
is reached. Goal is to understand their analysis of the current microfinance model<br />
and their recommendations <strong>for</strong> a more sustainable model.<br />
Grounded theory<br />
The procedures of grounded theory are designed to develop a well-integrated set of<br />
concepts that provide a thorough theoretical explanation of social phenomena under<br />
study. A grounded theory should explain as well as describe (Corbin and Strauss,<br />
1990). According to Corbin and Strauss (1990) the procedures and canons of<br />
grounded theory are as follows:<br />
1. Data Collection and Analysis are Interrelated Processes<br />
2. Concepts Are the Basic Units of Analysis<br />
3. Categories Must Be Developed and Related<br />
4. Sampling in Grounded Theory Proceeds on Theoretical Grounds<br />
5. Analysis Makes Use of Constant Comparisons<br />
6. Patterns and Variations Must Be Accounted For<br />
7. Process Must Be Build Into the Theory<br />
8. Writing Theoretical Memos Is an Integral Part of Doing Grounded Theory<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 94<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
9. Hypotheses About Relationships among Categories Should Be Developed and<br />
Verified as Much as Possible during the Research Process<br />
10. A Grounded Theorist Need Not Work Alone<br />
11. Broader Structural Conditions Must Be Analyzed, However Microscopic the<br />
Research<br />
After each interview an analysis will be made, in order to develop codes (Müller,<br />
2009). When a clear pattern is shown, enough interviews are taken. In order be<br />
significant, these interviews have to cover different financial institutes.<br />
Validity<br />
Validity is used to show whether the findings are really about what they appear to be<br />
about (Saunders et al., 2009, p. 157). For an inductive research it is important to<br />
interview the key employees in different institutes. These individuals are those doing<br />
research about microfinance or receive results on per<strong>for</strong>mance of different MFIs.<br />
Reliability<br />
The reliability concerns with, the consistency of the data collection and analysis<br />
(Saunders et al., 2009, p. 156). A bigger and more divers sample group can help to<br />
increase the reliability. To increase the reliability of the inductive data, the interviews<br />
will be published in the appendix. This gives transparency of the in<strong>for</strong>mation that is<br />
used to draw conclusions. By showing the gathered primary data, the bias of the<br />
research will be reduced and the reliability will there<strong>for</strong>e increase.<br />
7. Expected outcome and recommendations<br />
The outcome of the Thesis Project should be a framework <strong>for</strong> a sustainable<br />
microfinance model, to stimulate entrepreneurship in the Netherlands.<br />
It is proposed that the Thesis Project will recommend further research and pilot test<br />
the framework.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 95<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
8. Table of contents<br />
Preface<br />
List of Tables<br />
List of Figures<br />
List of Abbreviations<br />
1. Introduction<br />
1.1 Subject matter<br />
1.2 Background of Thesis Project<br />
1.3 Aim of the Thesis Project<br />
1.4 Theoretical and practical motivation<br />
1.5 Research questions<br />
1.6 Objectives<br />
1.7 Thesis Project structure<br />
2. Background – <strong>Microfinance</strong> in the Netherlands<br />
2.1 The role and importance of <strong>Microfinance</strong> in the Dutch economy<br />
2.2 Ambition <strong>for</strong> sustainable model<br />
2.2.1 Financial demand from Dutch starting entrepreneurs<br />
2.2.2 Financial structure of the Dutch microfinance institutes<br />
2.3 Current microfinance Dutch microfinance model<br />
3. Theory and Literature review <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />
3.1 Scope of review and availability of literature<br />
3.2 Definitions<br />
3.3 The research process and conceptual framework<br />
3.4 Different microfinance models<br />
3.5 Successful microfinance models<br />
3.5.1 Success factors<br />
3.5.2 Can these factors be integrated at first sight?<br />
3.6 Conclusions on the literature review<br />
3.6.1 Draft <strong>for</strong> framework <strong>for</strong> sustainable model<br />
4. Pre-research interviews<br />
4.1 Conclusions on background and literature review<br />
4.2 Pre-research interviews<br />
4.2.1 Pilot test interviews<br />
4.2.2 Data from conversations<br />
5. Methodology<br />
5.1 Introduction<br />
5.2 Philosophical stance<br />
5.3 Scope of the research<br />
5.4 Secondary data collection<br />
5.4.1 Literature review<br />
5.4.2 Desk research<br />
5.5 Primary research<br />
5.5.1 Interview design<br />
5.6 Limitations of the research<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 96<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
5.7 Expectations<br />
5.8 Conclusion on the primary research<br />
5.8.1 Reliability<br />
5.8.2 Internal and external validity<br />
5.8.3 Overall conclusion<br />
6. Results<br />
6.1 General responses<br />
6.2 Results from interviews<br />
6.2.1 Introduction<br />
6.2.2 Institution profiles<br />
6.2.3 Outcome of the interviews<br />
6.2.4 Summary of key results<br />
6.3 Conclusion on primary research<br />
6.3.1 Introduction<br />
6.3.2 Analysis of results<br />
6.3.3 Linking theory and findings<br />
6.3.4 Discuss the findings<br />
6.3.4.1 Reflection on research process<br />
6.3.4.2 To what extend have the objectives been met?<br />
6.3.4.3 Difficulties during the research<br />
6.3.4.4 What other research could have been undertaken?<br />
6.3.4.5 Key findings during the research<br />
6.4 Summary<br />
7. Conclusion<br />
7.1 Research aim<br />
7.2 Answers to research question<br />
7.3 Differences and similarities between the primary and secondary research<br />
7.4 New perspectives<br />
7.5 Overall conclusion microfinance<br />
8. Recommendations<br />
8.1 Recommendations <strong>for</strong> institutes involved<br />
8.1.1 <strong>Microfinance</strong> institutes<br />
8.1.2 Starting entrepreneurs<br />
8.1.3 The Ministry of Economic Affairs<br />
8.2 Recommendations <strong>for</strong> further research<br />
References<br />
Appendices<br />
Appendix 1 Thesis Proposal<br />
Appendix 2 A short history of <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />
Appendix 3 List of interviewees<br />
Appendix 4 Interviews<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 97<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
References<br />
Armendáriz, B. 2009, '<strong>Microfinance</strong> <strong>for</strong> Self-Employment Activities in the European Urban<br />
Areas', Working Paper <strong>for</strong> CEB research institute in Management Sciences, Brussels<br />
Bhole, B. and Ogden, S. (2009), 'Group lending and individual lending with strategic default',<br />
Journal of Development Economics, New York, p. 21.<br />
BN De Stem (2009), Een eigen zaak, dankzij microkrediet [online], BN De Stem, Available<br />
from: http://www.bndestem.nl/algemeen/economie/4850724/Een-eigen-zaak-dankzij-<br />
microkrediet.ece [Accessed: 23.3.2010].<br />
Canale, R. R. (2010), Microcredit in advanced economies as a "third way": a theoretical<br />
reflection, University of Naples "Parthenope".<br />
Corbin, J. and Strauss, A. (1990), 'Grounded Theory Research - Procedures, Canons, and<br />
Evaluative Criteria', Qualitative Sociology, Vol. 13, No.1, pp. 3-21.<br />
European Investment Fund (EIF) (2009), <strong>Microfinance</strong> in Europe - a market overview, EIF,<br />
Luxembourg, p. 21.<br />
Evers and Jung (2005), Reaching the potential of microfinance <strong>for</strong> economic growth, social<br />
inclusion and regional development through a coherent European funding policy, European<br />
<strong>Microfinance</strong> Network, p. 2.<br />
Evers and Jung (2007), Status of microfinance in Western Europe – an academic review,<br />
Paris: European <strong>Microfinance</strong> Network (March), p. 10.<br />
Genet, M. (2009), “<strong>Microfinance</strong> in Western Europe and Sustainability: Dream or Lack of<br />
Ambition? In The European <strong>Microfinance</strong> Network Bi-Annual Magazine on <strong>Microfinance</strong> in<br />
Europe, Paris.<br />
Gomez, R. and Santor, E. (2003), 'Do Peer Group Members Outper<strong>for</strong>m Individual<br />
Borrowers? A Test of Peer Group Lending Using Canadian Micro-Credit Data', Bank of<br />
Canada Working Paper, Ottawa, p. 14.<br />
Granger, B. and Lämmerman, S. (2009), 'MFI efficiency and State intervention - what<br />
correlation?', First European research conference on microfinance, June 2-4, 2009, Advancia<br />
Business School, Paris, p. 19.<br />
Heemskerk, F. (2009), Stimuleer en steun starters [online], Zicht op Ondernemen, Jaargang<br />
13, No. 4, p. 1., Available from: http://www.qredits.nl/assets/Downloads/<br />
Zicht_op_ondernemen.PDF [Accessed: 19.3.2010].<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 98<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Jayo, B., Rico, S. et al. (2008), Overview of the Microcredit Sector in the European Union,<br />
EMN, Brussels, p. 21.<br />
Littlefield, E. and Rosenberg, R., CGAP (2004), '<strong>Microfinance</strong> and the Poor: Breaking<br />
Down the walls between <strong>Microfinance</strong> and the Formal Financial System', Finance &<br />
Development, June, pp. 38-40.<br />
<strong>Microfinance</strong> Center (MFC) (2007), From Mission to Action - Management Series <strong>for</strong><br />
<strong>Microfinance</strong> Institutions, MFC, Warsaw, p. 2.<br />
Molenaar, K. (2009), '<strong>Microfinance</strong>, its concepts and development, lessons to draw <strong>for</strong><br />
Europe', Implementing the EU Microcredit Initiative - What can be learned from developing<br />
and trans<strong>for</strong>ming countries?, January 26-27, 2009, European <strong>Microfinance</strong> Network, Berlin,<br />
p. 3.<br />
Müller, R. (2007), Research Methods Slides, TiasNimbas Business School, Utrecht.<br />
Müller, R. (2009), Lecture on Research Methods 2, October 5 th -7 th , 2009, TiasNimbas<br />
Business School, Utrecht.<br />
Oberman, R. and Roelofsen, O. (2009), Microfinanciering als aanjager van<br />
ondernemerschap in Nederland - Advies aan het Ministerie van Economische Zaken [online],<br />
McKinsey & Company, p. 3., Available from: http://www.microfinanciering.com/<br />
resources/uploads/files/adviesrapport_mckinsey_2009.pdf [Accessed: 19.3.2010].<br />
Ramsden, P. (2009), “<strong>Microfinance</strong> and Social Objectives: How can MFIs demonstrate that<br />
they are socially useful? In The European <strong>Microfinance</strong> Network Bi-Annual Magazine on<br />
<strong>Microfinance</strong> in Europe, Paris.<br />
Saunders, M., Lewis, P. and Thornhill, A. (2009), Research methods <strong>for</strong> business students,<br />
5th edition, Prentice Hall, Harlow.<br />
TiasNimbas Business School (2009), Thesis Project Guidelines - Full Time Programme,<br />
MFM / MIBM, TiasNimbas Business School.<br />
Wiersema, W. J. (2009), Thesis Proposal - How service marketing can increase positive<br />
word of mouth in Dutch leisure companies, MIBM, TiasNimbas Business School.<br />
Woller, G. M., Dun<strong>for</strong>d, C. and Warner, W. (1999), 'Where to <strong>Microfinance</strong>?', International<br />
Journal of Economic Development, Vol. 1, Issue 4, pp. 26-27.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 99<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Work program<br />
March<br />
April<br />
Week number 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36<br />
Exams and other deadlines<br />
Choose Research Topic<br />
Read literature on topic<br />
Read methodology literature<br />
Write Research Proposal<br />
Submit Research Proposal<br />
Supervisor appointed<br />
Meetings with supervisor<br />
Review proposal<br />
Attent MF conference<br />
Arrange interviews<br />
Develop interview<br />
Pilot test interview<br />
Conduct interviews<br />
Analyse data interview<br />
Write result chapter<br />
Write conclusion chapter<br />
Finalize draft<br />
Last adjustments<br />
Print and bind<br />
Submit Thesis Project<br />
Deadline submission Thesis<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 100<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />
May<br />
June<br />
July<br />
August<br />
September
Appendix B – Per<strong>for</strong>mance Management Beyond the Private sector<br />
Examples of Per<strong>for</strong>mance Management Models Beyond the Private Sector, as<br />
discussed in paragraph 3.3:<br />
Figure B-1 Example of a BSC matrix (MFC, 2007)<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 101<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Figure B-2 Simplified Strategy Map (MFC, 2007)<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 102<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Figure B-3 The Social Enterprise Scorecard (Meadows and Pike, 2009, p. 136)<br />
Figure B-4 Strategy Map (Gomes and Liddle, 2009)<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 103<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Figure B-5 Comprehensive Per<strong>for</strong>mance Management System<br />
(McNair and Watts, 2009)<br />
Figure B-6 Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement <strong>for</strong> Small Business (Watts et al., 2009b)<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 104<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Appendix C – Interview Outline<br />
!<br />
Social Return<br />
• What are currently important aspects / trends / elements <strong>for</strong> this dimension?<br />
• (What is going well?)<br />
• What aspects can be improved? And how? How long will this take?<br />
• What are important per<strong>for</strong>mance indicators <strong>for</strong> the SHORT term?<br />
• What are important per<strong>for</strong>mance indicators <strong>for</strong> the LONG term?<br />
• Prioritize / what is most important / best way to measure?<br />
Financial Return<br />
• What are currently important aspects / trends / elements <strong>for</strong> this dimension?<br />
• (What is going well?)<br />
• What aspects can be improved? And how? How long will this take?<br />
• What are important per<strong>for</strong>mance indicators <strong>for</strong> the SHORT term?<br />
• What are important per<strong>for</strong>mance indicators <strong>for</strong> the LONG term?<br />
• Prioritize / what is most important / best way to measure?<br />
Business Model<br />
• What are currently important aspects / trends / elements <strong>for</strong> this dimension?<br />
• (What is going well?)<br />
• What aspects can be improved? And how? How long will this take?<br />
• What are important per<strong>for</strong>mance indicators <strong>for</strong> the SHORT term?<br />
• What are important per<strong>for</strong>mance indicators <strong>for</strong> the LONG term?<br />
• Prioritize / what is most important / best way to measure?<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 105<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Organizational Development<br />
• What are currently important aspects / trends / elements <strong>for</strong> this dimension?<br />
• (What is going well?)<br />
• What aspects can be improved? And how? How long will this take?<br />
• What are important per<strong>for</strong>mance indicators <strong>for</strong> the SHORT term?<br />
• What are important per<strong>for</strong>mance indicators <strong>for</strong> the LONG term?<br />
• Prioritize / what is most important / best way to measure?<br />
General<br />
• What perspective do you think is the most important / deserves the most<br />
attention?<br />
• What (important) element / stakeholder is not covert by the four dimension?<br />
What perspective should be <strong>added</strong>? If any.<br />
• Coaching?<br />
• What perspective is less important / could be replaced? Why and by what?<br />
• How do you think the perspectives are related to / influence each other?<br />
• Any general comments that can be of use <strong>for</strong> the research / development of<br />
the framework?<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 106<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Appendix D – Reason, Drive and Contribution<br />
!<br />
Yellow = Why Green = What Blue = Where<br />
KH a person really makes or breaks it, does he have the appropriate spirit and enthusiasm to do it or not?<br />
VS The complete picture is being analyzed, the financial plan, the business plan, the entrepreneur and his<br />
reason to start up a business<br />
TB The first question relates to the question: What contribution do you think you are going to make <strong>for</strong> the<br />
society?<br />
TB what are you going to contribute to this society?<br />
TB The only question that AH should ask themselves; ‘how do I give Toon Bullens the best access to<br />
cleaning material and food’, is probably one of the few questions that is never being asked at the board<br />
of the AH.<br />
TB Everywhere you see quasi-paying system being erected. Why do they start? Not because they say,<br />
yeah, the systems that exist are so good.<br />
TB At a curtain point the government mentally taught; ‘we should create facilities where the people can<br />
help each other’.<br />
TB Is less grain coming out of the ground due to the financial crisis?<br />
TB We need to learn again, what the role of those financial institutions was?<br />
TB Banks have an intermediary role between people that want to invest part of their current income in<br />
future income.<br />
TB I think those three, ecologic, social and economical than you have the complete picture.<br />
TB ‘we have the responsibility to ensure economic, social and ecological development, your plan does not<br />
fit within these lines, or it will only fit when you will make curtain adjustments in your business model’.<br />
TB At that time they would ask themselves does this what we do, fit, not explicitly, within our economic,<br />
social or ecological objectives?<br />
TB Due to active member policies, and have member boards in every village where they work. That tries<br />
to translate signals from the society into the mismanagement.<br />
TB you should only create and support a business when it clearly and explicitly has an economic, and or<br />
social and or ecological objective.<br />
TB That has been our contribution to the per<strong>for</strong>mance of the agriculture industry in the Netherlands. That<br />
interest rate would be below the interest rate of government loans, structural below the interest rate.<br />
TB focus on one clear aspect,<br />
TB he still had a small role in the company, and did not get money from social welfare. Probably when<br />
you would measure it, it would not be a economical relevant contribution, but he made a contribution.<br />
TB when somebody can do something very well and it has a curtain <strong>value</strong> <strong>for</strong> the society, you should do it.<br />
TB It is not about the institutions or about the scale, but about the contribution and in particular from the<br />
knowledge perspective.<br />
TB That you need to have perfectly clear, what role you want to play in the society.<br />
TB Always we will end up with a model that says, do not primarily look at the system, but look primarily at<br />
what you economically, socially, or ecologically can contribute?<br />
TB Social; what do you want to accomplish as specie?<br />
TB Ecological; how do you cope with the limited material this planet and it surroundings offers?<br />
TB By definition <strong>for</strong> both also the economical parameters are connected. That is what the economy is<br />
about, to make good use of the limited raw materials.<br />
TB maybe we should include an ethical perspective as well.<br />
TB the most important thing is that he is satisfied, why does he need to make money than?<br />
TB ‘it is not about what you have, but about what you are’.<br />
TB If he says; ‘I do not make profit, but I really enjoy my work’, what would be wrong about that?<br />
TB There are a lot more people that have that drive. But we did not setup the companies’ correctly <strong>for</strong> this,<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 107<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
RL start at the core; 'why do you want to start this company?' That includes your vision, but it is much<br />
wider.<br />
RL First the why; ‘why do we do it?’<br />
RL It started out of frustration, because we couldn't publish<br />
OE ‘If you do not know where you are going, you will probably end up somewhere else’.<br />
OE where will you be in 2 - 3 years, how much will you earn? They usually haven't thought about that.<br />
OE For the counselling that is the first starting point, where do you want to be in 3 years?<br />
OE In general they do not have a lot of creativity<br />
OE not always looking at the neighbour, but what can I do different<br />
OE A lot of people want to use their own creativity to generate an income.<br />
OE They want to show the world that they can do a trick / act, and they can do that better than the boss<br />
they work <strong>for</strong>.<br />
OE Some people do not find a job, <strong>for</strong> whatever reason that might be.<br />
OE Some people indeed say; ‘I can do that better and I want to make my own decisions’.<br />
OE Start with the mission, what do you want to contribute.<br />
OE they just want to do it at home and that makes them happy<br />
OE But <strong>for</strong> most the freedom and ability to make their own decisions is most important.<br />
OE That is something we really talk about in-depth. What is the motivation to start a business?<br />
OE Especially the first question; 'why do you so badly want to have your own business?' The first three<br />
years you will be in the shit.<br />
OE it is very important to realize: ‘I choose <strong>for</strong> this because, ... ‘<br />
OE People do not look at other things they could offer, and you see a lot of copying behaviour.<br />
OE than back to the action plan, where do you want to be in 6 months, and what needs to be done in the<br />
mean time?<br />
OE When you say now, in five years I want to do this and this, it does not mean that you cannot change<br />
your plan in the mean time<br />
MB 'that person has a greengrocer and drives a car, so starting a greengrocer it it'. The idea to start<br />
instead, <strong>for</strong> example a bakery, does not come up.<br />
MB a lot of people that will have to think about these things, will come to a moment where they think; 'men,<br />
I do not know how this works, or I do not want all this'.<br />
MB you can help a starting entrepreneur a lot by setting financial targets.<br />
MB When they go through these steps and realize what it all means and than still want it…, but a lot of<br />
people will draw the conclusion that it is not <strong>for</strong> them.<br />
MB I understand from the MF-points. That people are positively discouraged, after a couple of<br />
conversations<br />
MB That is very important that people do not start when is does not make sense.<br />
MB if someone can live from it and is happy with it, than it is fine <strong>for</strong> me.<br />
MB Entrepreneurs are happier than people that do not do that, as long as they have an annual turnover of<br />
around !22.000.<br />
MB From that level people are happier when they started <strong>for</strong> themselves compared to people that did not<br />
do that. Below that, it really depends on whether the partner makes any money.<br />
CS When somebody succeeds with his enterprise, within a curtain time, that is an contribution to the<br />
economy.<br />
CS when somebody really has a passion then...<br />
CS look at big successful entrepreneurs, they had a passion and from there they started making money.<br />
That is another way of working.<br />
CS in the Netherlands, you get the change to show whether you are an entrepreneur or not.<br />
CS If you than find out that it is not <strong>for</strong> you, but that paid employment suits you better. You should draw<br />
your conclusion<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 108<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
CS a woman that makes jewellery and has an annual turnover of !4000,-. Everybody laughs about that,<br />
but in the meantime she is busy, has her own business and might have a curtain dignity and status<br />
within her scene. That is also a contribution<br />
CS primarily the objective is to get somebody to work, he can get other people to work, that they are out of<br />
that circuit and can become sustainable,<br />
AP a lot of people copy each other’s business<br />
AP Somebody has an idea and than they do the same. Those people create a stiff competition <strong>for</strong> each<br />
other.<br />
AP It is not going to be a very profitable business, they will be able to repay their loan, they will have<br />
something left, and because they had nothing everything that will be left is a substantial improvement<br />
AP That is exactly the same, they do not innovate, that is true.<br />
AP people are rational nuts maximizers, if it does not work they will stop with it.<br />
AP from a relative perspective it does make a difference.<br />
AP It can cause an increase in income of sometimes thirty to <strong>for</strong>ty percent. That percentage of almost<br />
nothing is still almost nothing, but it is a little bit more than you had be<strong>for</strong>e.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 109<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Appendix E – Social<br />
!<br />
KH jobs created and the impact on the community<br />
KH It can bring people together, it can increase the cohesion of the community<br />
KH Increase the cohesion and it will increase the labour participation of people and it will bring economic<br />
growth and there<strong>for</strong>e it will also generate social return<br />
KH otherwise you would not have microfinance but you will just be a bank.<br />
KH Jobs created, impact on social community, does the person have a job right now or not?<br />
VS very social programs rely heavily on funds from the government<br />
TB everything has become more businesslike.<br />
TB <strong>for</strong> a new product, there needs to be made a business plan and that plan only looks at the financial<br />
per<strong>for</strong>mance of that product, not at what the spinoff <strong>for</strong> the society will be.<br />
TB primarily arrange the system that that the social objective is also reached.<br />
TB the social return needs to cover the return <strong>for</strong> the society.<br />
TB make the social aspect important. What do you want to contribute to the society? Empowerment of<br />
people, growth. Ask yourself, what do you want to achieve?<br />
TB release the internal focus and to start looking at how to relate to the society.<br />
TB How do you make the member councils relevant to the business model of the company?<br />
TB a company only needs those material, facilities to be able to serve the society in a economical, social<br />
or ecological way in the long term.<br />
TB you can say that the social aspects are not interesting <strong>for</strong> the capital provider, but than it is difficult to<br />
explain why the Triodos Bank and ASN still attract clients. So people are somehow already thinking<br />
about that.<br />
TB because the relationship with the society was so explicitly as was the control of the financial model.<br />
TB also social objective need to be able to be measured otherwise that are not good.<br />
TB From a mini perspective you can argue that it is inefficient to use people that need twice the time to<br />
clean a cup of coffee.<br />
TB When you use two of those half people, you can spare one whole person, which can do something<br />
else. What is than more economic?<br />
TB When a bank says, I am not the system, but a curtain role and the way I fulfil that role is dominate <strong>for</strong><br />
how, customers and employees, fulfil curtain sub roles within that.<br />
TB Than you shift you thinking model from the system and system preservation and efficiency of the<br />
system towards the interest of the society.<br />
TB entrepreneurs need to make decisions. Maybe he can get so many funds from the market that he is not<br />
interested in a social contribution as long as he can maximize financial return.<br />
TB That you need to have perfectly clear, what role you want to play in the society.<br />
RL it is a nice idea, and that is also what it is about. All three of us at a different level, but overall still <strong>for</strong><br />
the good cause, <strong>for</strong> the bigger picture.<br />
RL The social is the result of the product.<br />
OE <strong>for</strong> our clients the social return plays an important role. Especially with the creative sector that we serve<br />
OE People find it important that they can play a role in the society.<br />
OE 'from what we earn we want to use a small percentage, <strong>for</strong> welfare clubs’<br />
OE making a financial contribution to charities<br />
OE we have a lot of catering lately and about 50% is all about that it needs to be healthy and neatly<br />
reconstructed<br />
OE some want to donate some money to welfare<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 110<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
OE the investment was !3.000.00, - and I taught that !10.000.000,- came back again. By taxes and social<br />
welfare money that didn’t need to be paid anymore.<br />
MB It contributes to the combat against poverty.<br />
MB The social yield<br />
CS I think you have to remain realistic and that it stays useable.<br />
CS It will of course be very nice, but it is almost optional.<br />
CS People’s pride and dignity, is also a social aspect.<br />
CS a woman that makes jewellery and has an annual turnover of !4000,-. Everybody laughs about that,<br />
but in the meantime she is busy, has her own business and might have a curtain dignity and status<br />
within her scene. That is also a contribution<br />
AP For example MFI want to improve the living conditions of their costumers. How do we create insight,<br />
and how can we check whether that is really happening?<br />
AP In first instance that is really about the measurement, how do you make sure you measure something<br />
that you know how well you are doing?<br />
AP Second how do I use the in<strong>for</strong>mation I measured in my internal business processes, to use that in a<br />
strategic way. When I see, that my customers, my microfinance customers do not get better from it, by<br />
income or assets or whatever.<br />
AP What I find important is that when you implement this at a MFI, than what is the mission of that MFI?<br />
When that is the empowerment of women, if that is your mission, than you need to be able to say<br />
something about that.<br />
AP Is that going good, how many women did we empower, what is that and how do we measure that?<br />
AP If you are a MFI that does not focus on woman, than I do not think it makes a lot of sense to measure<br />
the percentage of women.<br />
AP In that perspective, if you talk about do you measure millennium goals, which are still relatively broad. I<br />
am more specific, I sit down with them and talk about; 'what is your mission and what concrete<br />
objectives can you filter from that, and from there measure.<br />
AP you can look at several things, you can look at what type of customers do I have? Most organizations<br />
say we focus on poor costumers. Than, I want to see that. Than you will help such an organization to<br />
measure whether they are helping the right target group.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 111<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Appendix F – Financial<br />
!<br />
Liquidity Facilitative Not Predominantly Investors Education<br />
KH the financials are the most important part<br />
KH how is the company going to make money? What is the companies’ financial plan? How much money<br />
do they need? What does their budget look like? When will they start to make profit?<br />
KH Does he take into account that he has to pay rent, costs <strong>for</strong> his goods sold, payback his loan and pay<br />
himself?<br />
KH Is he going to do the accounting himself?<br />
KH banks only look at the financials<br />
KH Will he be able to generate the revenue that he has told us?<br />
VS when you borrow !20.000, - and you have a personal dept open of !2.000, - where they charge you<br />
20% interest. Then it is possible that we include that, because <strong>for</strong> the overall financial situation it is<br />
much better.<br />
VS when somebody needs little additional fund <strong>for</strong> the costs of living. The entrepreneur will need to show<br />
that <strong>for</strong> example after three months, he will be able to cover those costs himself because he starts<br />
making money in the fourth month.<br />
VS The exploitation budget, the estimation of the liquidity, the complete picture the opening balance,<br />
outstanding debt, repayment history, investment budget, financing budget, own contribution,<br />
VS maybe already has a loan from friends, family or by the bank and only needs the final financial push.<br />
VS At minimum we need the prognosis of one year, sometimes we will also ask <strong>for</strong> the second year.<br />
VS he needs to start making turnover and show that he can make a profit.<br />
VS An activity based budget needs to show what the minimal estimation is <strong>for</strong> turnover, what the realistic<br />
estimations is and what the difference between the two is, the margin.<br />
VS Existing entrepreneurs have to provide the most recent annual figures, their activity plan and their<br />
investment budget.<br />
VS · The credit need<br />
- exact amount<br />
· The financial analysis<br />
- balance sheet and<br />
- liquidity<br />
TB The second question is how does this influence your business model and financial plan?<br />
TB the view was created in the society that organizations needed to be profit-driven. That is just not true!<br />
TB Ever since, shareholders return has been very important. But it is all bullshit it really is all bullshit. The<br />
shareholders, that are you with you pension fund that is me with my pension fund, my bank and my<br />
insurance company.<br />
TB We have invented a system, to be able to make calculations, Friedman was an economic, at a curtain<br />
point that structure, that mental structure had become more important that the business integrity.<br />
TB What we are doing now with the financial systems is trying to repair a water pipeline that is already<br />
leaking <strong>for</strong> years.<br />
TB economic behaviour is learned.<br />
TB From a financial point of view, that does not make sense, you need to give them food, they are not<br />
professionals, spent time, do not have the same focus. From the financial perspective nothing works.<br />
TB build systems, which do not allow people to implicitly say; ‘the appreciating <strong>for</strong> a career is money’,<br />
TB Everything is setup to reach the best rent ability / profitability. And we have very bad measurement<br />
systems to check them.<br />
TB never had the objective to make profit<br />
TB <strong>for</strong> who is the financial relevant?<br />
TB why do we than make the financial perspective so dominant?<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 112<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
TB Everybody thinks it is important, because the paradigm we have created, the financial model<br />
dominants <strong>for</strong> the perception whether we should be satisfied.<br />
TB If you need to pay twice as much <strong>for</strong> your product, but you are still satisfied. Does the company have a<br />
problem than?<br />
TB We developed those financial models when they were needed. By that time we did not have enough<br />
calculation capacity. But do we still need it?<br />
TB why don't we abolish it? I am really in favour to do so. Or at least in combination with things that really<br />
matter.<br />
TB Do not make the bottom-line so important. But <strong>for</strong> a starting company still look at how he thinks to<br />
finance the plan.<br />
TB What is now the <strong>value</strong> of the financial objectives? Let say we need to make 100.000 Euros, what did<br />
we earn than. What is the equivalent?<br />
TB do the output measurement in bags of potatoes or something similar. It is completely irrelevant if I have<br />
made !100.000, -<br />
TB the goal should be to break even<br />
TB 90% is about rewards. I know from experience that that is not true, especially <strong>for</strong> people of my age.<br />
TB the financial should only be serving the other perspectives.<br />
TB first social, financial only serving, than costumer<br />
TB Do not start from the financial perspective. But accepted that the financial is only there to facilitate the<br />
other aspects. Go to the costumer and employee and ask what do you really want.<br />
TB it is an aspect of the relation a company has with a supplier, and an aspect between the company and<br />
the society. So it is not the main goal, not even <strong>for</strong> a financial organization.<br />
TB you have a mental model <strong>for</strong> a couple of stakeholders, costumer, employee, I think a capital provider<br />
should be included, also the society.<br />
TB the most important thing is that he is satisfied, why does he need to make money than?<br />
RL then we taught; 'he guys maybe we should be able to make some money with this'.<br />
RL At the end we looked at how we could link that to some finance model.<br />
RL later we had a look at how we could make some money out of it.<br />
RL One is the goodwill, but that is quite difficult.<br />
RL the other is the income through your services. For the business process, the customer <strong>value</strong>, <strong>for</strong> all the<br />
services that you have,<br />
RL You also need to satisfy your investors. That is part of the financial return.<br />
RL In the end that is your income and related to you’re turnover and return on investment.<br />
RL We are looking now <strong>for</strong> investors that are related to the IT. When they provide people they will make<br />
sure that they provide good IT people. In order <strong>for</strong> their return to be higher<br />
RL In the end we will, definitely look at the financial figures, because you can have a lot of users, but if<br />
they do not use our services, then we still have nothing.<br />
OE I have to say that <strong>for</strong> a lot of our clients, the financials are not leading.<br />
OE We often hear people say; 'As long as I can eat, its fine'<br />
OE the financials are more facilitative<br />
OE I am happy, because I am able to make my own decisions and to put my own creativity to use, that is<br />
more important than to become rich'.<br />
OE things we look at are: Opening balance, investment and finance, exploitation budget, liquidity budget<br />
OE We try to look 3 years ahead, but that is difficult <strong>for</strong> a lot of people, so in that case 2 years<br />
OE Strange thing of this book is that it does not have a liquidity budget included<br />
OE liquidity budget is the most important. For companies that are started up and do not need a lot of<br />
capital, it is important to have a look at your liquidity. I think that is the most important management tool<br />
OE you can make an exploitation budget as profitable as you want, as long as you have a lot of patience.<br />
But you need to have a look whether the money is coming in.<br />
OE I think that only 5% of the people that come here will need external funding.<br />
OE The Bank is difficult, they do not wake up <strong>for</strong> loans below !100.000, -.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 113<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
OE through friends and family and a lot of subordinated loans. A while ago I had one that could get a loan<br />
from a bank, but that is extraordinary.<br />
OE One of the pit holes of advisory services is that they focus too much on the financial aspect. Of course<br />
it is important that the plan is financially feasible, if you do not cover your costs it is end of story.<br />
OE I always say; 'the financials are the foundation of your plan'. It should not be the drive<br />
OE Financials on the side, only facilitating. It is important but should not be the drive.<br />
OE that they can life from the money they make is only an additional advantage<br />
MB most entrepreneurs do not have an idea of what they want to get out of it financially, do not consider<br />
the opportunities, but only look at what they will need to be able to live.<br />
MB Calculate back to what does that mean <strong>for</strong> the wages they charge <strong>for</strong> the product or the amount they<br />
have to produce.<br />
MB you can help a starting entrepreneur a lot by setting financial targets.<br />
MB The financials is not only about how to setup your business, but also about explaining.<br />
MB Make it comprehensible what all the costs are, make it comprehensible what insurances they will need,<br />
or not.<br />
MB develop a sort of assertiveness, about all those aspects. That in the end, what you will have earned will<br />
also be up to you, to decide how you are going to spent / invest it.<br />
MB people do not realize, how long they will have to <strong>for</strong> wait money and what they have to pay themselves<br />
MB The financial administration is something you have to focus on, navigate. I think that a lot of those<br />
entrepreneurs lack that in<strong>for</strong>mation<br />
MB Financials are than not the drive but just facilitating<br />
CS Explain, make it comprehensible, in a way that they understand what all the costs are.<br />
CS The budget has to be accurate<br />
CS Reach a curtain break-even-point<br />
CS most pit holes <strong>for</strong> entrepreneurs are that they want to make money; that is their target. How, is a<br />
question they answer later.<br />
AP That is an issue, the data quality. No so much that the customers will lie about that. But <strong>for</strong> example,<br />
the person that fills in the <strong>for</strong>m does that together with the loan officer of the MFI.<br />
AP If the loan officer has a personal interest, due to financial incentives, he might reflect the situation of<br />
the customer differently. Maybe part of the loan officers’ income depends on the percentage of women,<br />
or poor people, that is easier to deceive.<br />
AP There financial education is much more useful, to make sure people do not take on to much debt.<br />
AP the focus will now be more on financial education, because there is a bubble growing under the<br />
microfinance market. The first priority is to prevent over-indebtedness.<br />
AP The average [Dutch] starters is already happy when he has a decent accounting system, they usually<br />
hire someone <strong>for</strong> that.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 114<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Appendix G – Sustainability Entrepreneur<br />
!<br />
Yellow = Low (overhead) costs Green = Growth Blue = Personal Factors<br />
TB In the past we needed infrastructure and buildings where people were working and expensive<br />
computers. But do we still need all that?<br />
TB In financial markets you can do everything from a complete virtual identity. Why do we need than those<br />
big bank buildings?<br />
TB If we have all those virtual networks, where do we need the offices <strong>for</strong>?<br />
TB you need to step away from idea that you need to increase the scale to make it cheaper, that is<br />
probably not the case<br />
RL We grow when we have more users, which spent more. There are two ways to grow, either by having<br />
more users, or when each individual user, uses more services.<br />
RL look at other sites and the cumulative grow figures they use. Aim <strong>for</strong> the same growth, maybe a bit<br />
less, but comparable.<br />
RL We have firm growth figures <strong>for</strong> that. We do not have a lot of overhead costs. Most of our costs are<br />
variable,<br />
RL we have firm growth targets, which have to be reached.<br />
RL From the growth figures we can determine whether people are using our services.<br />
RL The growth figures covers a lot, if it does not grow than people probably do not like it or do not think it<br />
is good.<br />
RL in these times, especially when you are just by yourself, focus on just giving in<strong>for</strong>mation from one<br />
person to the next.<br />
RL Also <strong>for</strong> the small scale, as long as you have a bit more in<strong>for</strong>mation than the other, so that you can give<br />
it from one to the next.<br />
RL Another trend is that, you can do that by using a lot of resources, not only from yourself but also from<br />
others<br />
RL We try to outsource as much as possible<br />
RL Everybody else can do it better than us, so let them do it. Through Internet you can do anything,<br />
RL co-creation is about how you can use the society to improve your business.<br />
RL you do not need a lot. You do not need a store, no product, when you offer a service.<br />
OE give them a product/customer matrix and tell them to first focus on that.<br />
OE in two years maybe an additional product or service, in three years maybe two extra customer groups<br />
and that is the way to build.<br />
OE continuing market research would improve the survival rate of the small entrepreneurs. Especially the<br />
niche is where the small entrepreneurs can jump in.<br />
OE For example a lot of the ZZP-ers do not want to grow. They do not want employees<br />
MB you should not overestimated the financial sustainability of a starting entrepreneur.<br />
MB a lot of people that do not realize how much money they need to set aside. Besides the normal costs<br />
you have, you also have to reserve money <strong>for</strong> the tax-authority, investments and those kind of things.<br />
MB entrepreneurs who started up their business and have a wife that will say; 'o, now you are an<br />
entrepreneurs, so I can start driving an BMW'<br />
MB people from other cultures who have become an entrepreneur, will have family that will say; 'well, you<br />
are a success now, so you can start taking care of us'.<br />
MB The signs that I receive now, is that people also need coaching about how they should get their family<br />
of their back. Delta Lloyd is now training people to do that.<br />
MB Apparently that is particularly common in the Surinamese society<br />
MB I think that growth objectives is something that starters are not looking at<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 115<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
MB that has to do with you financial prognoses and especially <strong>for</strong> yourself. In the end it is interesting<br />
whether people will hire others. That is very interesting.<br />
MB how important is that <strong>for</strong> really the start?<br />
MB It is important that you think about how you can become sustainable, but how important is it whether<br />
you will hire people in a couple of years?<br />
CS But if someone after three years still didn't make it... I think you should also look at that.<br />
CS you can see it by the financials that is where you see your income and your costs. That way you can<br />
tidy take that away from the potential of the business.<br />
CS after two years, your company should have grown from 1 FTE to 1.8 FTE. That are factors that<br />
determine whether the necessary growth is there.<br />
CS at some point they have to be able to hold up their own pants. That is how it works, and that is<br />
something you can do or not. It can take a year or two.<br />
CS Similar with when you win the lottery. That you are put right away under some management, because<br />
people do not know what to do with that kind of money and that all of a sudden everybody is their<br />
friend.<br />
CS It has to lead to something and you really have to work <strong>for</strong> it.<br />
CS I think you can see that by the figures, the financial figures.<br />
CS A bank will also ask your annual reports and there should be some growth.<br />
CS There are curtain models <strong>for</strong> entrepreneur, where they should have setup their business within 1-5<br />
years.<br />
CS it used to be that you have to invest a lot in the first three years, but after three years you need to start<br />
making money. That growth curve needs to be there.<br />
CS get somebody to work, so he can get other people to work, that they are out of that circuit and can<br />
become sustainable, able to pay <strong>for</strong> his one cost of living.<br />
AP Somebody has an idea and than they do the same. Those people create a stiff competition <strong>for</strong> each<br />
other<br />
AP It is not going to be a very profitable business, they will be able to repay their loan, they will have<br />
something left, and because they had nothing everything that will be left is a substantial improvement<br />
AP There are people that have an entrepreneurial spirit and manage to build something<br />
AP Most people are already happy that they can get a loan. That loan is not always used to start up a<br />
business,<br />
AP you can also get a loan and use is <strong>for</strong> a flat screen television to put it oddly, but it happens. Maybe not<br />
a flat screen television but the marriage of the daughter.<br />
AP It is all about survival, staying alive. If those people would have the choice, than they would not be<br />
entrepreneurs.<br />
AP They would prefer to have a steady job, but those are not available, so to stay alive they will have to do<br />
something. In developing countries that is 99% of the people.<br />
AP There a lot of people had too much loans and just couldn't pay back anymore, causing the MFIs to<br />
default.<br />
AP There is a gap between MFI and big banks. In between it is difficult to find finance, which is also the<br />
gap where more the real entrepreneurs are, the SME.<br />
AP The missing middle, loans of !10.000 - !100.000. Those amounts are too big <strong>for</strong> the MFI and too small<br />
and risky <strong>for</strong> the mainstream banks. That is the birth room of entrepreneurship.<br />
AP the focus should be on that group, because they have the most growth potential,<br />
AP everybody that is in the missing middles comes from the microfinance sector. How do you make sure<br />
that from the microfinance those people flow to the next level?<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 116<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Appendix H – Customer and Market research<br />
!<br />
Demand Market research Satisfaction Marketing Competition Differentiation<br />
KH the belief that we think the product will be sold<br />
KH how do I differ from the other ten?<br />
KH Is there already another vegetable shop in the neighbourhood?<br />
KH What does your competition look like? Sizing the market and sizing the demand <strong>for</strong> the product.<br />
KH Do you believe that it will indeed bring what you promise or think it will bring?<br />
VS The entrepreneur really needs to show that he taught his plan through. He needs to know what his<br />
customers want.<br />
VS Show that he has done market research, searched the Internet. This can be very handy, although not<br />
<strong>for</strong> a small regional start-up.<br />
VS ask people on the corner of the street about what their needs are and what they will demand from your<br />
story instead of comparing your findings with that of the Internet.<br />
VS go to the corner of the street and ask people if they demand / require your product. What their needs<br />
are.<br />
VS Conduct a questionnaire to find out what the people want and what they are looking <strong>for</strong> when you are<br />
opening a store.<br />
VS When somebody hasn’t done his homework you will notice that soon enough.<br />
VS · The business plan;<br />
- product,<br />
- market and<br />
- marketing<br />
TB focused on simple things as customers and employee satisfaction.<br />
TB Why not ask are you satisfied?<br />
TB I used the costumer and employee aspect.<br />
TB companies spent a huge amount of money to facilitate that. This is done by commercials.<br />
TB Why would you not just talk to people? Why don't we setup councils <strong>for</strong> members or customers, and<br />
than talk with them. That way you create discourse.<br />
TB when somebody can do something very well and it has a curtain <strong>value</strong> <strong>for</strong> the society, you should do it.<br />
TB You will need to look, what from an economic, social, ecological perspective is relevant <strong>for</strong> a target<br />
group.<br />
TB from the perspective that the customer/employee is a participant in the society and that you provide<br />
services to them, he is very important.<br />
TB It goes wrong when you disconnect customers and employees in your mental model<br />
RL Third the What. What are we providing?<br />
RL One trend in the world is that you should consider each customer as a unique one, with a unique set of<br />
demands and wishes.<br />
RL we strongly believe in; 'see the need' if there is a demand <strong>for</strong> something than <strong>for</strong> the marketing you<br />
only need tell people; 'here is the product'.<br />
RL When the product is clear and when there is a demand <strong>for</strong> it, then people will buy it. With good product<br />
you don't need marketing.<br />
RL is there demand? Yes, well than we do something with that. Instead of thinking: 'I can do something<br />
really cool', when actually it is something nobody needs.<br />
RL The marketing part; how many new users do we have, how is the interface, how often do people use<br />
the helpdesk, is it user friendly?<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 117<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
RL You can test it, by launching <strong>for</strong> example three different sites, a red, blue or yellow one. Than you can<br />
statistically analyze which one is most often used.<br />
RL ask questions like did you find what you where looking <strong>for</strong>, was it useful, did it go fast enough, do you<br />
have suggestions?<br />
RL by plat<strong>for</strong>ms and <strong>for</strong>ums, through those tool, to create interaction. People are very empowered in that<br />
and especially when you listen to them, they are willing to help you.<br />
RL we want as much interaction as possible with our users.<br />
RL the first step is to see where the demand is. Without demand, you do not even need to start.<br />
RL When you have something, work it out, go to peer groups, talk to people, stalk people, mail people<br />
through whatever website,<br />
RL go and ask people on the street, visit companies if you think they will be your target company.<br />
RL Ask people what they do not like about the product, or what could be better,<br />
RL people like it when somebody listens to them. They really like it when they can talk about it.<br />
RL From the growth figures we can determine whether people are using our services.<br />
RL The growth figures covers a lot, if it does not grow than people probably do not like it or do not think it<br />
is good.<br />
OE That he focuses on his customers. That is already important.<br />
OE 'I will make a table and the whole world wants that table. I know a trick and I will make it'.<br />
OE they often need to adjust<br />
OE Do not go <strong>for</strong> the quick fix<br />
OE how can you adjust that in such a way that you are making / providing something that the people<br />
demand?<br />
OE They need to start with market research and making choices.<br />
OE to whom are you going to sell? They’ll say: ‘to everybody’. Than I say: ‘that would be very nice, but that<br />
is not going to work’.<br />
OE They do not think about it enough.<br />
OE Try to make the majority of the costumers, regular costumers. Really try to establish a relationship with<br />
their costumers.<br />
OE people should reflect what they are doing with the world they are living in.<br />
OE People do not look at other things they could offer, and you see a lot of copying behaviour.<br />
OE The neighbour lowers the price of the tomatoes by 2 cents. I need to lower them by 3. That is how it<br />
goes. And now they default, because you cannot keep on doing that<br />
OE continuing market research would improve the survival rate of the small entrepreneurs. Especially the<br />
niche is where the small entrepreneurs can jump in.<br />
OE Build into the model an evaluation moment <strong>for</strong> entrepreneurs to review whether they still offer what the<br />
customers demand. If you would manage this, that would already be a big step<br />
OE when there are no customers, it is end of story'.<br />
OE Make sure you can answer to the demand of the costumer<br />
OE That is something we focus on, building relations and networks.<br />
OE The problem there is that they do not have time to watch, what is happening in the world around them,<br />
or read magazines related to their business.<br />
MB A lot of people seem to be worried about the competition,<br />
MB that is what it is about. Do you provide something that fulfils a need?<br />
MB it is difficult to do proper market research and determine the demand of you product.<br />
MB advice people to do market research in their area, not with friends and family who are not objective.<br />
But, indeed, in the street and neighbourhood,<br />
MB do not only ask people that already buy such a product<br />
MB preferably with a prototype and do it seriously. It is quite difficult.<br />
MB avoid all the pit holes of copying the business of the neighbour<br />
MB Developing the right questions is very difficult. That is something they could get help with<br />
MB That could be something very nice to include into this model. If you see that somebody has already the<br />
first three customers<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 118<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
MB that is an indication that you have a product that already goes quite well. I can imagine that you can<br />
see that in this model.<br />
MB If someone already has a deal with a bakery that will buy products. Then <strong>for</strong> you marketing plan you<br />
already have quite some in<strong>for</strong>mation<br />
MB she already knows that there is demand and there is already a customer.<br />
MB ZZP-ers will only start <strong>for</strong> themselves if they already have some customers or contracts. Then the<br />
demands that you make <strong>for</strong> the marketing side, are a bit softer, because you already have a lot of<br />
prove.<br />
CS Your price, promotion, actually all the P's, competition.<br />
CS I would like to take the edge of the sentence; 'when it is a good product it will sell itself'. I believe that it<br />
is a combination.<br />
CS There are a lot of good ideas, but if you do not get your marketing up and running it is never going to<br />
work.<br />
CS A problem is that when a product does not exist yet, people find it difficult to imagine whether they will<br />
need it.<br />
CS That is something to be careful with, because sometimes you do not expect it, but it can become big<br />
business<br />
CS You think this is not going to work, but maybe there is a lot of demand <strong>for</strong> it. That is always difficult to<br />
determine. You do not know that.<br />
CS products will not be so innovative that people will not understand what you talk about.<br />
CS when you go ask on the street, people will say; 'that is a very crappie idea' while it might actually be a<br />
very good idea. Than it is difficult to determine the actual demand.<br />
CS work with numbers, you can say; 'you need at least 1000 or 500 people that you have asked detailed<br />
questions<br />
CS in whatever way, by questionnaires or interviews’, that way you can make it quantitative.<br />
CS Developing the right questions is very difficult<br />
AP Sometimes questionnaires, sometimes by focus groups, or idea boxes, those kind of things, or a<br />
helpdesk, if you are not satisfied you can call this number.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 119<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Appendix I – Internal Business Processes<br />
!<br />
KH Is he going to do the accounting himself?<br />
TB The second question is how does this influence your business model and financial plan?<br />
TB how that influences your business model and what is you own ambition?<br />
TB The next question is; ‘how are you going to do that?’<br />
RL Second, How are we doing it?<br />
RL We turned the business model around and say we do it all <strong>for</strong> free.<br />
RL in these times, especially when you are just by yourself, focus on just giving in<strong>for</strong>mation from one<br />
person to the next.<br />
RL Also <strong>for</strong> the small scale, as long as you have a bit more in<strong>for</strong>mation than the other, so that you can give<br />
it from one to the next.<br />
RL business model is really inwards looking, internally focussed.<br />
RL Another trend is that, you can do that by using a lot of resources, not only from yourself but also from<br />
others<br />
RL We try to outsource as much as possible<br />
RL Everybody else can do it better than us, so let them do it. Through Internet you can do anything,<br />
RL It is also innovative, and what makes the model interesting.<br />
RL Do not be too cocky and think you can do it yourself,<br />
RL co-creation is about how you can use the society to improve your business.<br />
RL you do not need a lot. You do not need a store, no product, when you offer a service.<br />
RL How fast does it go, how many people can access the site at the same time, do people find what they<br />
look <strong>for</strong>?<br />
RL how do you put it together, internally?<br />
OE 'Do you have a marketing department? A purchase department? A (travelling) sales <strong>for</strong>ce? Inside<br />
staff? No I am just by myself.<br />
OE What do you have and what don't you have?<br />
OE For starting entrepreneurs it is particularly important to know what they don't have, so they know what<br />
to get from somewhere else?<br />
OE The internal process plays a part but on a different level.<br />
OE realize that when you hire people that you will need to pay them. They need to think about the<br />
consequences of that trade-off.<br />
OE When they hire people, they will need to generate more income.<br />
OE The complete picture, it is not written in stone. When you change something, something else will<br />
change as well. That demands flexibility.<br />
OE The acquisition should be an ongoing process. Often when people have a new job or order they stop<br />
with the acquisition.<br />
OE he has an advantage and should focus on because he is so small. Things like flexibility, able to react<br />
quickly, one-on-one contact<br />
OE they are on the marketing chair as well as on the sales chair.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 120<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Appendix J – Organizational, Personal Development<br />
!<br />
Professional Capacities Personal Traits Private Situation Drive<br />
KH it is usually one man starting up the company. Important is the capabilities of the founder, the one<br />
person starting up the business.<br />
KH does the person have a sense of business and is willing to take an accounting course or had a course<br />
in accounting.<br />
KH relevant degrees, education, kind of jobs he had.<br />
KH If the person quits his job every two months, than he will not be the person that will try to make it.<br />
KH Does he have experience with the product?<br />
KH Is he going to do the accounting himself?<br />
KH a person really makes or breaks it, does he have the appropriate spirit and enthusiasm to do it or not?<br />
VS we do not provide loans while we have doubts about the feasibility of the business plan and the<br />
entrepreneur who has to execute the plan.<br />
VS For the entrepreneur it is also very important that his plan has a realistic change of succeeding,<br />
otherwise he might end up with a business that failed, and will be left behind with financial and private<br />
problems.<br />
VS The entrepreneur needs to convince us about his abilities and the plan he is presenting and how he is<br />
going to make it.<br />
VS The entrepreneur;<br />
- experience,<br />
- education and<br />
- (entrepreneurial) competences (E-scan)<br />
VS Starting entrepreneurs will have to provide a feasible business plan and do a test to indicate their<br />
entrepreneurial skills<br />
VS During the screening process, the business consultant critically analyzes both the entrepreneur and his<br />
business plan, but also has a critical look at the entrepreneurs’ personal situation.<br />
VS Whether or not the entrepreneur owns a house or has a partner with a stable income can influence the<br />
granting process of the loan.<br />
TB by doing so you not only give the entrepreneur a quality impulse, cause when you ask him that<br />
question he needs to think about it<br />
TB ‘it is not about what you have, but about what you are’.<br />
TB If he says; ‘I do not make profit, but I really enjoy my work’, what would be wrong about that?<br />
RL Not because we taught we could do it ourselves, even though we have a big part of the background,<br />
but by focussing on experts<br />
RL Do not be too cocky and think you can do it yourself,<br />
RL instead of that you can do only one thing very good and try to keep everything internal<br />
OE 'Do you have a marketing department? A purchase department? A (travelling) sales <strong>for</strong>ce? Inside<br />
staff? No I am just by myself.<br />
OE What do you have and what don't you have?<br />
OE For starting entrepreneurs it is particularly important to know what they don't have, so they know what<br />
to get from somewhere else?<br />
OE People also need to learn what is means to be an entrepreneur. The activities they do need to be<br />
manageable.<br />
OE the Business Improvements Gropus (BIG) has a lot of simulations, exercises to pull up the<br />
entrepreneurship<br />
OE People are afraid to sell something.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 121<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
OE he has an advantage and should focus on because he is so small. Things like flexibility, able to react<br />
quickly, one-on-one contact<br />
OE It are small business, with micro-entrepreneurs so that are not the people with a vision.<br />
OE the manager disease is often there.<br />
OE In general they do not have a lot of creativity<br />
OE not always looking at the neighbour, but what can I do different<br />
OE entrepreneurs first do something and will think later.<br />
OE that is something of an entrepreneur. It is do-think-do.<br />
MB what does his social network look like? That appears to be important <strong>for</strong> repaying loans.<br />
MB entrepreneurs who started up their business and have a wife that will say; 'o, now you are an<br />
entrepreneurs, so I can start driving an BMW'<br />
MB people from other cultures who have become an entrepreneur, will have family that will say; 'well, you<br />
are a success now, so you can start taking care of us'.<br />
MB The signs that I receive now, is that people also need coaching about how they should get their family<br />
of their back. Delta Lloyd is now training people to do that.<br />
MB Apparently that is particularly common in the Surinamese society<br />
MB most important are a lot of personal characteristics. Things will go very differently than how you have<br />
planned them. That is the only thing you know <strong>for</strong> sure<br />
MB The income is going to be different, you costs are going to be different, you costumers are going to<br />
react differently, everything is going to be different.<br />
MB In the end, the personal characteristics are the most important, how are you going to deal with that?<br />
MB Whether you remain an entrepreneur is whether you remain calm and see opportunities. I think those<br />
things are more important than all those other things.<br />
MB How does he as a person work?<br />
MB In general, it is important that someone remains flexible no matter what happens and keeps seeing<br />
opportunities. Real entrepreneurs do that.<br />
MB a trait of entrepreneurs is; a lot of ADHD and see a lot of opportunities CS: Very positive<br />
MB how do you cope with failures? If that makes you depressive than you should not do it. Those are<br />
psychosocial factors.<br />
MB Entrepreneurial capacities are important. I think that 'secretly' that is one of the most important things.<br />
MB If someone does not sleep anymore and gets out of control, than it does not work and is not worth it.<br />
MB minimize the risks by really going over that with someone. Plan things, that is something very<br />
important, but there will always be risks.<br />
CS A lot of ZZP-ers are now sitting home on the couch, because there is no work <strong>for</strong> them. Can you<br />
determine based on that whether or not someone can do it?<br />
CS someone would have a good idea but would look weird. Then they would say; 'you are not going to<br />
bring that product to the market', that is just not going to work.<br />
CS someone has it or not, you can try to learn it, but it has to lead to something and you really have to<br />
work <strong>for</strong> it.<br />
CS real entrepreneurs always see chances, opportunities, always keep thinking in chances. Do not give up<br />
after one disappointment.<br />
CS They will find that a pity, an inconvenient, but they are able to get over that very quickly.<br />
CS do a personality test.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 122<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Appendix K – Learning, Growth and Employee<br />
!<br />
TB focused on simple things as customers and employee satisfaction.<br />
TB I used the costumer and employee aspect.<br />
TB employees have their children at their work, in the office. That makes a strange impression, but is that<br />
so strange? And from what perspective is it strange?<br />
TB from the perspective that the customer/employee is a participant in the society and that you provide<br />
services to them, he is very important.<br />
TB It goes wrong when you disconnect customers and employees in your mental model<br />
TB the children of those employee's are just as important.<br />
TB ‘I expect that you per<strong>for</strong>m this role, with a couple of per<strong>for</strong>mance measurements so you know what is<br />
expected’.<br />
TB Whether you do that at home, at a station, in the morning or at night, that is all fine by me. That makes<br />
a big difference.<br />
RL the head of the IT people also buys shares, also undertakes and is part of the enterprise.<br />
RL part of the contract is covering fixed costs, but also when their products are used more often, they will<br />
receive a monthly payment of !X.<br />
RL they also undertake in part of the business and that is also what they like.<br />
OE Learning and growth is about learning by doing. Trial and error. Just start and because you are just by<br />
yourself or with two people you just need to experience it.<br />
OE People also need to learn what is means to be an entrepreneur. The activities they do need to be<br />
manageable.<br />
OE it is more just do it and than afterwards; ‘ok, next time I need to do that differently’<br />
OE Learning goes along the way and often you do not realize that you are learning things.<br />
OE For example a lot of the ZZP-ers do not want to grow. They do not want employees<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 123<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Appendix L – Network<br />
!<br />
Professional Network Private Network Social Network Sites<br />
TB When that happens, people that will come will start trusting each other and over time a network will be<br />
created.<br />
RL We have an advisory board, with which we discuss our plans.<br />
RL We present something and they have a critical look at it and refer us to a contact they have or say this<br />
and this should be better or faster.<br />
RL a group of five IT people, with whom we did a brainstorm session where we went through the whole<br />
idea and when we are one step further we will go over the process again.<br />
RL They come with in<strong>for</strong>mation from a lot of different points of views so that way we get a lot of useful<br />
in<strong>for</strong>mation very quickly.<br />
RL the first six months, we had one or two meetings a week with external people<br />
RL we know them personally, by other people or people refer us again to other people. Just ask them if<br />
they have thirty minutes time to have a cup of coffee and talk <strong>for</strong> a bit.<br />
RL That made it possible to go extremely quick the first six months.<br />
RL That is how we learned a lot and how we created a good network. Those people help us now to get to<br />
the next step.<br />
RL your network is extremely important especially when you offer a service.<br />
RL In the new modern world, you have a lot of resources and have to work together with external parties.<br />
It is extremely important that you see those possibilities and talk to people<br />
RL instead of that you can do only one thing very good and try to keep everything internal<br />
RL have the target, to meet a new expert from your sector every week, that is something very measurable<br />
RL put the level at the top, really want to talk to the top of the bill<br />
RL Just call them, and hope you meet people at social gathering that can help you further.<br />
RL use the social networks. Become a member of the group where somebody is a part of, than you<br />
automatically have a link with that person.<br />
RL Look at every unique costumer and try to become a network organization,<br />
RL when you do not have a lot of money, go on the Internet by Twitter, LinkedIn, Hyves, Facebook, and all<br />
those social sites.<br />
RL because he has a lot of friends from all over the world now, that help him. It does not have to<br />
expensive.<br />
RL go and visit other people. There are a lot of people that do know what to do, do not be afraid to go<br />
there.<br />
OE 'Do you have a marketing department? A purchase department? A (travelling) sales <strong>for</strong>ce? Inside<br />
staff? No I am just by myself.<br />
OE What do you have and what don't you have?<br />
OE For starting entrepreneurs it is particularly important to know what they don't have, so they know what<br />
to get from somewhere else?<br />
OE get them working together, and create a network.<br />
OE That enables them to pass on work if they are too busy, but also get work when they do not have so<br />
much and collaborate with other people to take on bigger tasks together.<br />
OE Create a network instead of only keep on working by yourself.<br />
OE That is something we focus on, building relations and networks.<br />
OE Try to make the majority of the costumers, regular costumers. Really try to establish a relationship with<br />
their costumers.<br />
OE The Business Improvement Groups also plays a role in that. We have done two groups now. Both went<br />
on by themselves, although some people will stop coming or join other networks.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 124<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
OE Those two groups merged later on, that is nice and shows that people like it.<br />
OE That some people go to other networks is logical.<br />
MB what does his social network look like? That appears to be important <strong>for</strong> repaying loans.<br />
CS if you are a micro-entrepreneur, really just by yourself, and you do not have a lot of people that support<br />
you or your idea, then is will also be much harder.<br />
CS if you know by accident a journalist that can publish your product with a picture, that really makes a<br />
difference.<br />
CS part of the potential success can be measured <strong>for</strong>m that.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 125<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Appendix M – Business Development Services<br />
!<br />
Professional Network (types of) BDS Sustainability BDS Compulsory<br />
KH The ‘ondernemerspunten’ provide support writing the business plans<br />
KH you should build a voluntary network.<br />
KH I can find 20 people here at the office that are willing to do something like once a month. Or people<br />
from the banks.<br />
KH you can find people, especially here in the city.<br />
KH Provide every ‘ondernemingspunt’ with a checklist.<br />
KH 'we do not really believe in it, but with the right coaching he will make it'.<br />
KH One person does not have accounting skills, so with him we focus on that.<br />
VS The entrepreneurial test indicates specific entrepreneurial skills. This will be used as input during the<br />
coaching sessions. The result of the test will be compared with the standard from the industry.<br />
VS Based on these points and the personal impression, a first assessment will be done by the consultant<br />
and the type and intensity of coaching will be identified<br />
VS Based on the Qredits-rating the entrepreneur will get a login code <strong>for</strong> the digital coaching network<br />
called ‘Coachingsplein’<br />
VS On this network different coaches have ads <strong>for</strong> their services. These services can be <strong>for</strong> free or <strong>for</strong> a<br />
financial return.<br />
VS The site more or less works like eBay. The entrepreneur can choose a coach and makes<br />
arrangements with the organization.<br />
TB you should only create and support a business when it clearly and explicitly has an economic, and or<br />
social and or ecological objective.<br />
OE They determine when they come in. I always say; 'when you run, I'll run, when you walk, I'll sit down'. It<br />
is your company. I am not going to sit on the chair of the entrepreneur.<br />
OE people enter and ask what do I need to do. Some I will give that book [how to write a business plan]<br />
and tell them to come back when they have read it.<br />
OE With others it is even worse and I will tell them to read the website and to start thinking about what they<br />
want.<br />
OE Others will ask me to email them once a month to ask how far they are with their business plan. Well<br />
that is fine. I always say; 'use me'.<br />
OE If you want me to be the stick behind your door, than I'll be that.<br />
OE the progress is the responsibility of the entrepreneur.<br />
OE specific assistance depends on the questions they have<br />
OE if we cannot help them, we have a big network of accountants, lawyers etc.<br />
OE Someone will bring in a problem; ‘this is something I encounter’. Than with the group, who recognizes<br />
this and what did you do than? People really like it.<br />
OE Around the start people will be at home behind their computer, wondering how the rest of the world<br />
started up a business.<br />
OE How can the BDS institutions, be made sustainable? Many people have tried to answer that question,<br />
but the chance of succeeding is very small.<br />
OE That will remain depended on governmental financial support. What I think is all right.<br />
OE The micro-credit people, or the people from Qredits want to work with volunteers. In my opinion that is<br />
not a good thing.<br />
OE they want to develop entrepreneurial soundboards. For that I have my questions marks, because a<br />
good entrepreneur does not have to be a good advisor.<br />
OE Counselling is also a specific trick.<br />
OE 'A good soccer player does not have to be a good coach'.<br />
OE The ‘Programma Uitzending Managers’ send managers to third world countries to advice companies,<br />
those cocky managers will tell the entrepreneur what he needs to do.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 126<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
OE I am not going to sit on the chair of the entrepreneur. I'll watch out <strong>for</strong> that. He has to do it himself, that<br />
is the trick of counselling.<br />
MB the personal characteristics are the most important, how are you going to deal with that? You can help<br />
someone a little bit with that<br />
MB Developing the right questions is very difficult. That is something they could get help with<br />
CS tighten, improve the business plan.<br />
CS the MF-points are all different. All work differently, all apples, peers, strawberries and mango's mixed<br />
up. Who works well, who doesn't and why is that, what is behind it?<br />
CS help people get started<br />
CS But if someone after three years still didn't make it... I think you should also look at that.<br />
CS at some point they have to be able to hold up their own pants. That is how it works, and that is<br />
something you can do or not. It can take a year or two.<br />
CS Similar with when you win the lottery. That you are put right away under some management, because<br />
people do not know what to do with that kind of money and that all of a sudden everybody is their<br />
friend.<br />
CS You cannot indefinitely coach someone, there has to be a point where it ends.<br />
CS when a company is not getting of the ground, how far do you go?<br />
CS 'ok, the external factors might have been a bit of an influence, but now we are not going on with it<br />
anymore'?<br />
CS The author argued, that microfinance does not help the micro entrepreneur, because they all start the<br />
same thing and compete each other to dead.<br />
CS instead focus on the SME, because those are companies that are able to create jobs. Those are<br />
different kinds of companies.<br />
CS Instead of focussing on the lowest end you should more focus on the middle.<br />
AP No, that is too expensive. There are things like entrepreneurial courses. That is what happens. But that<br />
is a very different level.<br />
AP There financial education is much more useful, to make sure people do not take on to much debt.<br />
AP When you focus on different amounts of money you are going towards another group of people. There<br />
you can propagate some more entrepreneurial skills, accounting and those kinds of things.<br />
AP most MFIs make sure they are not going to sit on the chair of the entrepreneur. They have classes <strong>for</strong><br />
entrepreneurs, so it does happen. But the majority of the MFIs does not do that.<br />
AP They do not do a lot of BDS, they just provide the loan and than look what happens, although there are<br />
exception.<br />
AP That is very focussed, not so much on the entrepreneurial side but on the technical aspect, skills. That<br />
works.<br />
AP At the same time you have to realize that those things cost money so that in the end the interest rate<br />
will have to go up. Unless you make people pay <strong>for</strong> that, that is a trade- off you have to make<br />
AP It really depends on the type of BDS that is provided and it depends on the way it is offered.<br />
AP the focus will now be more on financial education, because there is a bubble growing under the<br />
microfinance market. The first priority is to prevent over-indebtedness.<br />
AP Some organizations want to help their customers with improving their business. That is something that<br />
happens with the bigger loans.<br />
AP when you offer something, you not only say we trained so much people but also show how much that<br />
has yielded.<br />
AP There is a gap between MFI and big banks. In between it is difficult to find finance, which is also the<br />
gap where more the real entrepreneurs are, the SME.<br />
AP The missing middle, loans of !10.000 - !100.000. Those amounts are too big <strong>for</strong> the MFI and too small<br />
and risky <strong>for</strong> the mainstream banks. That is the birth room of entrepreneurship.<br />
AP the focus should be on that group, because they have the most growth potential,<br />
AP everybody that is in the missing middles comes from the microfinance sector. How do you make sure<br />
that from the microfinance, those people flow to the next level?<br />
AP In the seventies it was often compulsory. But the classes were not demand focussed, so the quality did<br />
not match with the requirements of the target group. In the end the target group did not benefit from it.<br />
AP When you approach it more from a market perspective and charge people <strong>for</strong> it, then they will also<br />
make demands<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 127<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Appendix N – General BSC model<br />
!<br />
Usefulness Visual Think Similar Model<br />
KH coaching is a really important part of microfinance, but not part of the model.<br />
KH it would be great if it will be something that is actually going to be used.<br />
KH Provide every ‘ondernemingspunt’ with a checklist.<br />
KH when you have a sufficient amount of yes’s this will happen. If you have less amount of yes’s than you<br />
will get additional coaching, but we still say yes. But if not than it will be no.<br />
VS The complete picture is being analyzed, the financial plan, the business plan, the entrepreneur but not<br />
so much at the ratios.<br />
VS At the end you look at the complete picture and you can cross things out against each other. It is quite<br />
subjective.<br />
TB We need to re-invent the business model and need to eliminate the impact the Friedman’s had. We<br />
need to make that mainstream.<br />
TB Do not start from the financial perspective. But accepted that the financial is only there to facilitate the<br />
other aspects. Go to the costumer and employee and ask what do you really want.<br />
TB look at Norton and Kaplan, from a view that they were also looking at it from the same idea as<br />
Friedman. You need to get a curtain benefit from the system.<br />
TB pick only one [economical, ecological or social] and focus on that. Next you adjust your business plan,<br />
what do I need <strong>for</strong> the organization. Next you need to know how your employee's and customers fit in<br />
that. The financial is than separate.<br />
TB when you are developing such a vision <strong>for</strong> entrepreneurs, than other things will become easier as well<br />
TB Because you have a grip<br />
TB you do not only give the entrepreneur a quality impulse, cause when you ask him those questions he<br />
needs to think about it, but that you also give your own financial organization a quality impulse.<br />
TB You only need to change your focus to see the solution<br />
TB What <strong>value</strong>s we want to provide to our clients? What <strong>value</strong>s do we want to provide to our money<br />
supplies or shareholders? And what <strong>value</strong> do we want to provide to the employees of our organizations<br />
and to the society as a whole?<br />
TB From the perspective that when the society would not provide or withhold you the license to operate,<br />
you are done. If you cannot get employees or clients you are also done. Same <strong>for</strong> money.<br />
TB always focused on the relation between those four<br />
TB you have a mental model <strong>for</strong> a couple of stakeholders, costumer, employee, a capital provider should<br />
be included, also the society.<br />
TB measure all those four, from the perspective what do you want to achieve with that business model,<br />
<strong>for</strong>m a social, ecologic and economical perspective?<br />
TB Than connect objective and indicators to those aspects<br />
RL Finance, goes to customer proposition. Under that you have the process, <strong>for</strong> every function. Than you<br />
have the people that work with that.<br />
RL The <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard gives a good overview.<br />
RL you can see where it goes wrong, by following the arrows you can see what is linked to it.<br />
RL It <strong>for</strong>ces you to think something through.<br />
RL when you start to work it out you will run into problems that you did not <strong>for</strong>esee.<br />
RL It is better to encounter those problems in an early stage, than when you are already half way setting<br />
up your business and invested money.<br />
RL Better to first think about it, so I think the model is very useful.<br />
RL The traditional model is less suitable <strong>for</strong> when you offer services<br />
RL it is ‘old school’, based on the old manufacturing processes. That is not the modern world. On the<br />
Internet you can do so much more.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 128<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
OE you need to make it visual.<br />
OE the people come in here with a head full of ideas, than we need to pull the wires and make them start<br />
thinking about how they are going to realize that.<br />
OE Strange thing of this book is that it does not have a liquidity budget included<br />
OE The good thing about the book is that it is related to an example start up company, so people do not<br />
need to invent the wheel again.<br />
OE usually people get scared when they need to make a business plan.<br />
OE 'it is more the process that you enter, than the book that you will end up with, unless you need a loan,<br />
than you will need a decent plan'.<br />
OE The first question does not give an answer, but causes more questions; try to put them in the correct<br />
place. That is more important than the business plan that you’re never going to look at again.<br />
OE They do not think about it enough.<br />
OE Build into the model an evaluation moment <strong>for</strong> entrepreneurs to review whether they still offer what the<br />
customers demand. If you would manage this, that would already be a big step<br />
OE continuing market research would improve the survival rate of the small entrepreneurs. Especially the<br />
niche is where the small entrepreneurs can jump in.<br />
OE Action plans are always handy, matrixes are good, some drawings, but reading a book no.<br />
OE just the big highlight, the things that are important.<br />
OE clearly show in the model what is connected to what.<br />
OE Make clear that when this pawn falls, somewhere else something will fall as well.<br />
OE make this model into some kind of action plan, where we can show, if you do this than that will happen.<br />
If you do not do this than that will happen. That will be worthwhile <strong>for</strong> an entrepreneur.<br />
OE you could say: ‘here is the model, use it <strong>for</strong> your own company’.<br />
OE you can demonstrate it in a morning and show what aspects come into play and how it is related and<br />
works together<br />
MB a lot of people that will have to think about these things, will come to a moment where they think; 'men,<br />
I do not know how this works, or I do not want all this'.<br />
MB When they go through these steps and realize what it all means and than still want it..., but a lot of<br />
people will draw the conclusion that it is not <strong>for</strong> them.<br />
CS that is quite innovative and something you can help the MF-points with.<br />
CS the MF-points are all different. All work differently, all apples, peers, strawberries and mango's mixed<br />
up. Who works well, who doesn't and why is that, what is behind it?<br />
AP you measure curtain aspects of your organization, at the level of the customer, organization level and<br />
just measure what the results are.<br />
AP When that is higher than a curtain threshold <strong>value</strong>, a red light will turn on. Than you will look at what is<br />
causing that? Is it an accident? Or is it something structural and what can we do about it?<br />
AP basically it is used to translate your mission to measurable objectives and based on the results you<br />
have a feedback loop.<br />
AP It is really about operationalizing your mission into concrete objectives and linking those to several<br />
indicators. The results are used to improve you internal business processes.<br />
AP In the microfinance sector people think very heavy, weighty about it. I do not find it more than just<br />
doing good management. You see that it becomes more important <strong>for</strong> the MFIs<br />
AP when you see results you can have a look at what is causing that. Improving the internal processes is<br />
what it is about.<br />
AP When you look at the basic things starting entrepreneurs do, than he does not need such a BSC.<br />
AP That is more <strong>for</strong> entrepreneurs that are already in business <strong>for</strong> a while and wants to consolidate their<br />
business.<br />
AP When you start you have a business plan and than you just need to do. An entrepreneurship is more<br />
about doing.<br />
AP This is more an analytical model, which has <strong>value</strong>, when your organisation is at a curtain level.<br />
AP This model also drives on being able to get the right in<strong>for</strong>mation from somewhere. The average<br />
starters is already happy when he has a decent accounting system, they usually hire someone <strong>for</strong> that.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 129<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Appendix O – Relation and Link<br />
!<br />
Equally Related Less Related Strongly Related<br />
KH Except <strong>for</strong> the social aspect it is all related. The organizational model and the product will lead to<br />
whether you will reach your financial plan. There is a link, a large link between them.<br />
KH Your financials can be very good, but if you are selling the wrong product, or if you are not the right<br />
person to do so, you are not going to make it<br />
KH The three aspects are related and the social aspect is more by itself<br />
KH if you are not the right person to execute it, and you are not selling the right product, at the right place<br />
and the right time and have a lousy service, it will just not bring you to the financial plan.<br />
VS During the screening process, the business consultant critically analyzes both the entrepreneur and his<br />
business plan, but also has a critical look at the entrepreneurs’ personal situation.<br />
VS Based on these points and the personal impression, a first assessment will be done by the consultant<br />
and the type and intensity of coaching will be identified<br />
VS Based on points awarded to nine different subjects an overall view is created. The loan officer gives his<br />
own view at the end. These nine subjects are divided into the following categories:<br />
VS The entrepreneur;<br />
1)- experience,<br />
2)- education and<br />
3)- (entrepreneurial) competences<br />
VS The business plan;<br />
4)- product,<br />
5)- market and<br />
6)- marketing<br />
VS The credit need<br />
7)- exact amount<br />
The financial analysis<br />
8)- balance sheet and<br />
9)- liquidity<br />
VS Each point will get a score from 1-5 points; the overall score will be between 9-45. This will be the<br />
basis <strong>for</strong> the Qredits-rating that will determine the coaching’s intensity<br />
TB We can only do that by repairing the link between those organizations and the society.<br />
TB That also counts <strong>for</strong> Norton and Kaplan, when you organize such a Balance Scorecard from different<br />
domains than the relation between those parts is relevant.<br />
TB What <strong>value</strong>s we want to provide to our clients? What <strong>value</strong>s do we want to provide to our money<br />
supplies or shareholders? And what <strong>value</strong> do we want to provide to the employees of our organizations<br />
and to the society as a whole?<br />
TB From the perspective that when the society would not provide or withhold you the license to operate,<br />
you are done. If you cannot get employees or clients you are also done. Same <strong>for</strong> if you cannot get<br />
money.<br />
TB always focused on the relation between those four<br />
TB the financial should only be serving the other perspectives.<br />
TB first social, financial only serving, than costumer<br />
TB It goes wrong when you disconnect customers and employees in your mental model<br />
RL Finance, goes to customer proposition. Under that you have the process, <strong>for</strong> every function. Than you<br />
have the people that work with that.<br />
RL The <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard gives a good overview.<br />
RL you can see where it goes wrong, by following the arrows you can see what is linked to it.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 130<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
OE clearly show in the model what is connected to what.<br />
OE Make clear that when this pawn falls, somewhere else something will fall as well.<br />
OE That is something we really talk about in-depth. What is the motivation to start a business?<br />
OE Especially the first question; 'why do you so badly want to have your own business?' The first three<br />
years you will be in the shit.<br />
OE it is very important to realize: ‘I choose <strong>for</strong> this because, ... ‘<br />
OE I always say; 'the financials are the foundation of your plan'. It should not be the drive<br />
OE Start with the mission, what do you want to contribute? Financials on the side, only facilitating. It is<br />
important but should not be the drive.<br />
OE When you say now, in five years I want to do this and this, it does not mean that you cannot change<br />
your plan in the mean time<br />
OE than back to the action plan, where do you want to be in 6 months, and what needs to be done in the<br />
mean time?<br />
OE When you say now, in five years I want to do this and this, it does not mean that you cannot change<br />
your plan in the mean time<br />
OE First really think about why you want to start and from there make sure you offer something that people<br />
demand.<br />
MB Its difficult to prioritize and relate those things. In the end if you can life from it is very important. It<br />
might be first the person, should he try to be an entrepreneur? Second can he life from that, and that is<br />
related to his product and the demand.<br />
MB Financials are than not the drive but just facilitating<br />
MB In general, it is important that someone remains flexible no matter what happens and keeps seeing<br />
opportunities. Real entrepreneurs do that.<br />
CS someone would have a good idea but would look weird. Then they would say; 'you are not going to<br />
bring that product to the market', that is just not going to work.<br />
CS someone has it or not, you can try to learn it, but it has to lead to something and you really have to<br />
work <strong>for</strong> it.<br />
CS It will of course be very nice, but [the social aspects] is almost optional.<br />
CS I think you have to remain realistic and that it stays useable.<br />
AP Social objectives, but it can also be environmental objectives. Often you see that there are also<br />
financial objectives related to that.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 131<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Appendix P – Most Important<br />
Financial Social Demand Personal Satisfaction Reason to Start Network<br />
KH The financials in general, and do those ads up to profit. A real in- depth check, does this make sense?<br />
KH on the one hand the social aspect and on the other hand the more financial side, those are the two<br />
main important things.<br />
VS The entrepreneur really needs to show that he taught his plan through. He needs to know what his<br />
customers want. Show that he has done market research, searched the Internet.<br />
TB the most important thing is that he is satisfied, why does he need to make money than?<br />
TB Do not start from the financial perspective. Accepted that the financial is only there to facilitate the<br />
other aspects. Go to the costumer and employee and ask what do you really want.<br />
TB make the social aspect important. What do you want to contribute to the society? Empowerment of<br />
people, growth. Ask yourself, what do you want to achieve?<br />
TB you should only create and support a business when it clearly and explicitly has an economic, and or<br />
social and or ecological objective. I really mean that.<br />
RL the first step is to see where the demand is. Without demand, you do not even need to start.<br />
RL your network is extremely important especially when you offer a service.<br />
OE That is something we really talk about in-depth. What is the motivation to start a business?<br />
OE Especially the first question; 'why do you so badly want to have your own business?' The first three<br />
years you will be in the shit.<br />
OE it is very important to realize: ‘I choose <strong>for</strong> this because, ... ‘<br />
MB That is very important that people do not start when is does not make sense.<br />
MB most important are a lot of personal characteristics.<br />
MB Things will go very differently than how you have planned them. In the end, the personal characteristics<br />
are the most important, how are you going to deal with that?<br />
MB Entrepreneurial capacities are important. I think that 'secretly' that is one of the most important things.<br />
MB Whether you remain an entrepreneur is whether you remain calm and see opportunities. I think those<br />
things are more important than all those other things.<br />
MB In the end if you can life from it is very important.<br />
AP For example MFI want to improve the living conditions of their costumers. How do we create insight,<br />
and how can we check whether that is really happening?<br />
AP In first instance that is really about the measurement, how do you make sure you measure something<br />
that you know how well you are doing?<br />
AP Second how do I use the in<strong>for</strong>mation I measured in my internal business processes, to use that in a<br />
strategic way. When I see, that my customers, my microfinance customers do not get better from it, by<br />
income or assets or whatever.<br />
AP What I find important is that when you implement this at a MFI, than what is the mission of that MFI?<br />
When that is the empowerment of women, if that is your mission, than you need to be able to say<br />
something about that.<br />
AP Is that going good, how many women did we empower, what is that and how do we measure that?<br />
AP If you are a MFI that does not focus on woman, than I do not think it makes a lot of sense to measure<br />
the percentage of women.<br />
AP In that perspective, if you talk about do you measure millennium goals, which are still relatively broad. I<br />
am more specific, I sit down with them and talk about; 'what is your mission and what concrete<br />
objectives can you filter from that, and from there measure.<br />
AP you can look at several things, you can look at what type of customers do I have? Most organizations<br />
say we focus on poor costumers. Than, I want to see that. Than you will help such an organization to<br />
measure whether they are helping the right target group.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 132<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Appendix Q – Measurement and Indicators<br />
!<br />
KH How many people actually visit the location? How long do people stay?<br />
KH similar to job interviews, how do you know the person can do it?<br />
KH have an interview <strong>for</strong> the last round with someone, than you will get a feeling.<br />
TB The first group relates to the objectives of the per<strong>for</strong>mance of the individual expansion. What is the<br />
quality of a debtor of such a business plan etc, etc?<br />
TB The second set of standard, measurements relates to the per<strong>for</strong>mance of your credit organization.<br />
What are my costs, what are the costs of funding, what are my financial characteristics, what is the<br />
rating of my organization?<br />
TB The third set of observations relates to the question, what economic, what social and what objectives<br />
has this bank in the given working area, a country, county, city, village, maybe a enterprise network,<br />
the farmers bank in... etc, etc?<br />
TB How are these objectives <strong>for</strong>mulated? And what measurements do you have to check whether the<br />
bank is making a contribution towards that?<br />
TB From there, you could start developing some kind of <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard and than it would appear that<br />
in most of the cases initially a lot of attention is <strong>for</strong> the per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />
TB also social objective need to be able to be measured otherwise that are not good.<br />
TB the economical output of that group needs to provide a contribution, <strong>for</strong> example to the GDP that is the<br />
same as the contribution of the average Dutch person.<br />
TB it goes wrong due to the measurements and especially the financial measurements that we link with to<br />
a single perspective. From the lending company or the investing company<br />
TB do the output measurement in bags of potatoes or something similar. It is completely irrelevant if I have<br />
made !100.000, -<br />
TB the goal should be to break even<br />
TB Also HRM systems, 90% is about rewards. I know from experience that that is not true, especially <strong>for</strong><br />
people of my age.<br />
RL we know that people will use the site to search, but how do you measure a search function?<br />
OE than back to the action plan, where do you want to be in 6 months, and what needs to be done in the<br />
mean time?<br />
OE When you say now, in five years I want to do this and this, it does not mean that you cannot change<br />
your plan in the mean time<br />
AP For example MFI want to improve the living conditions of their costumers. How do we create insight,<br />
and how can we check whether that is really happening?<br />
AP In first instance that is really about the measurement, how do you make sure you measure something<br />
that you know how well you are doing?<br />
AP Second how do I use the in<strong>for</strong>mation I measured in my internal business processes, to use that in a<br />
strategic way. When I see, that my customers, my microfinance customers do not get better from it, by<br />
income or assets or whatever.<br />
AP What I find important is that when you implement this at a MFI, than what is the mission of that MFI?<br />
When that is the empowerment of women, if that is your mission, than you need to be able to say<br />
something about that.<br />
AP Is that going good, how many women did we empower, what is that and how do we measure that?<br />
AP If you are a MFI that does not focus on woman, than I do not think it makes a lot of sense to measure<br />
the percentage of women.<br />
AP In that perspective, if you talk about do you measure millennium goals, which are still relatively broad. I<br />
am more specific, I sit down with them and talk about; 'what is your mission and what concrete<br />
objectives can you filter from that, and from there measure.<br />
AP you can look at several things, you can look at what type of customers do I have? Most organizations<br />
say we focus on poor costumers. Than, I want to see that. Than you will help such an organization to<br />
measure whether they are helping the right target group.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 133<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Appendix R – Sustainability of <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />
!<br />
KH How can it be made financially sustainable but than as a whole, so on a large scale, not on one<br />
specific grant.<br />
KH Than you are almost getting toward a bank that only takes the interesting people and the social part is<br />
left out.<br />
KH There is demand, definitely, but it depends on how you promote it. Currently the money is the<br />
bottleneck.<br />
KH The more money you get, the more money you should invest in the microfinance ‘ondernemerspunten’<br />
to ensure your promotion and make sure you get enough applications.<br />
KH When you have more money, you will promote more and than there will be more clients.<br />
KH It is like a spy roll, when more people apply, more people will know about it, more people will apply.<br />
KH If you have enough capital and microfinance really gets known it can be doable<br />
KH In that case the government should decide whether they want it and if yes than finance it<br />
KH Companies or even private people can invest in microfinance. If it got sufficient return, it will be<br />
interesting to do so.<br />
VS in the developing countries organizations provide loans just to provide loans. Interest rates of 25% or<br />
50% are no exception and can even go up to a 100%. The highest heard of so far is 400%.<br />
VS Often these organizations started out from a social point of view but turned into being economically<br />
driven.<br />
TB In the past we needed infrastructure and buildings where people were working and expensive<br />
computers. But do we still need all that?<br />
TB why do we need that expensive infrastructure?<br />
TB In financial markets you can do everything from a complete virtual identity. Why do we need than those<br />
big bank buildings?<br />
TB The whole crisis has to do with the institutions that have had their time and were important. We do not<br />
need them anymore; we really do not need them anymore. There are markets and trade areas, and<br />
paying systems<br />
TB Does that need to be of a curtain scale? I doubt it. There are banking systems, also in Ethiopia, really.<br />
Why could we not use those systems <strong>for</strong> objectives that are small of scale?<br />
TB If we have all those virtual networks, where do we need the offices <strong>for</strong>?<br />
TB Things go wrong when we have systemized them, then things go wrong and lead to crises.<br />
TB you need to step away from idea that you need to increase the scale to make it cheaper, that is<br />
probably not the case<br />
TB in most of the cases initially a lot of attention is <strong>for</strong> the per<strong>for</strong>mance of the organization. It is excepted<br />
that because of grants and donations the contribution towards the society can be continued.<br />
OE How can the BDS institutions, be made sustainable? Many people have tried to answer that question,<br />
but the chance of succeeding is very small.<br />
OE That will remain depended on governmental financial support. What I think is all right.<br />
OE The micro-credit people, or the people from Qredits want to work with volunteers. In my opinion that is<br />
not a good thing.<br />
CS The author argued, that microfinance does not help the micro- entrepreneur, because they all start the<br />
same thing and compete each other to dead.<br />
CS instead focus on the SME, because those are companies that are able to create jobs. Those are<br />
different kinds of companies.<br />
CS Instead of focussing on the lowest end you should more focus on the middle.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 134<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
AP Somebody has an idea and than they do the same. Those people create a stiff competition <strong>for</strong> each<br />
other<br />
AP There has been created a big myth around microcredit, a view that costumers start a business, that<br />
that works successfully and that they hire employees. That is nonsense, absolutely nonsense.<br />
AP in developing countries the MFI usually are sustainable.<br />
AP The competition is increasing, in the first years it did not matter what you did, you would 'get ride of'<br />
your money any way, get ride of, be able to disburse enough loans.<br />
AP Now you see the competition increasing and the more professional your organization is, the better you<br />
will get out of that battle<br />
AP there is a bubble growing under the microfinance market. In some countries the bubble already<br />
bursted. A lot of people had too much loans and just couldn't pay back anymore, causing the MFIs to<br />
default.<br />
AP When you provide a loan of hundred euros, than you cannot add a lot of extra costs, because it needs<br />
to remain financially sustainable. On a bigger loan you can do more.<br />
AP There is a gap between MFI and big banks. In between it is difficult to find finance, which is also the<br />
gap where more the real entrepreneurs are, the SME.<br />
AP The missing middle, loans of !10.000 - !100.000. Those amounts are too big <strong>for</strong> the MFI and too small<br />
and risky <strong>for</strong> the mainstream banks. That is the birth room of entrepreneurship.<br />
AP the focus should be on that group, because they have the most growth potential,<br />
AP everybody that is in the missing middles comes from the MF sector. How do you make sure that from<br />
the MF those people flow to the next level?<br />
AP I find the idea of microcredit in the Netherlands relatively ridicule,<br />
AP I can imagine that in the Netherlands the primary goal is to make that sustainable.<br />
AP maybe it can not be financially sustainable, but as a society we find it so important that we want to<br />
spent public money on that. Make a clear decision on that.<br />
AP That really depends on your objectives, do you only want to focus on those entrepreneurs, where you<br />
know or expect that they will make it.<br />
AP upfront you can never predict that, in that sense it will be a guess.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 135<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Appendix S – Qredits<br />
!<br />
KH The main outcome was to bring Qredits really up to scale so that the interest rate will cover the default<br />
rate and cover the cost <strong>for</strong> Qredits<br />
KH than the financial part and whether you belief in really the business case, is much more important to<br />
you than the social aspect.<br />
KH That is a trade-off that Qredits needs to make. You do not want Qredits to finance only the none risk<br />
KH focus on people who do not get a loan from a normal bank that means your social part is much more<br />
important,<br />
KH it shouldn’t be an easy way of borrowing money, the people need to invest themselves as well to<br />
ensure that they really feel committed to it.<br />
KH a balance between financial and social and it is up to them how they want the balance to look like.<br />
KH Whether they only want to focus on strong business cases or also want to help people that do not have<br />
a lot of other opportunities left.<br />
VS because we are still so young we are quite vulnerable and if we were to default it would be the end of<br />
this type of credit supply <strong>for</strong> entrepreneurs.<br />
VS We are a foundation so we are not profit driven but are aim is to become sustainable.<br />
VS We have a clear business target group and do not provide personal loans.<br />
TB Do not only look at the individual relation but also at the relation <strong>for</strong> the whole society and whether that<br />
is what you want to realize<br />
TB by doing so you not only give the entrepreneur a quality impulse, cause when you ask him that<br />
question he needs to think about it, but that you also give your own financial organization a quality<br />
impulse<br />
OE The micro-credit people, or the people from Qredits want to work with volunteers. In my opinion that is<br />
not a good thing.<br />
MB The dialectics of progress<br />
MB They do not have Business Development Services. That makes it easier to become sustainable<br />
MB They do have a ‘coachingsplein’, where entrepreneurs can find a coach, but financially that is<br />
separated<br />
CS The budget has to be accurate, if you need !60.000, Qredits is not the right place to go. Maybe it is,<br />
maybe it’s not. They have a maximum.<br />
AP Qredits is not yet financially sustainable, and still depends on subsidises of the government,<br />
AP When the goal is to stimulate entrepreneurship, than you should be able to measure that, especially<br />
because a lot of tax money is spent on it, subsidies from the government.<br />
AP An MFI as well as any organizations should be able to transparently communicate the results, if it<br />
where only <strong>for</strong> your shareholders. Especially when you borrow <strong>for</strong>m government subsidies,<br />
AP If you need twenty-five people to disburse 800 hundred loans, I think that is quite large.<br />
AP when you find it difficult to provide 800 loans, than I think you can not be to strict and say we only focus<br />
on people that are under the... on the other side, in the end you need to know who your target group is,<br />
why you where erected.<br />
AP You need to relate that to the reality, such an organization is in. If you only helped 800 people the<br />
previous two years, than you cannot be too strict. Then you also need to let go of these ambitions.<br />
AP I find MF in the Netherlands ridicule. I think the target group is just too small; maybe there are only 800<br />
people that qualify <strong>for</strong> that.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 136<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
AP If you focus on the group that cannot get a loan from a bank, than you need to show that those people<br />
cannot get loans from banks.<br />
AP I find 25 people <strong>for</strong> 800 loans quite a lot<br />
AP you need to be able to justify why that money is being used, and you can only do that by clearly saying<br />
we are focusing on this target group,<br />
AP those people are unable to get a loan at the bank, but because we invest money in them, they are able<br />
to start there own business, that creates so many jobs,<br />
AP people want development work to be more accountable <strong>for</strong> their results. It should be the same <strong>for</strong><br />
development work within the Netherlands, what this is, so here it should also be done.<br />
AP how far you can go with getting involved with the entrepreneurship. In the end you customer is the<br />
entrepreneur and he or she decides what he wants to do.<br />
AP The only things a financial institution can do are giving advice and in the end determine whether they<br />
invest or not.<br />
AP When the financial institution gets to much involved, than you will get in a conflict of interest<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 137<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Bibliography<br />
Affleck, A. and Mellor, A. (2006), 'Community Development Finance: A Neo-Market Solution<br />
to Social Exclusion?', Journal of Social Policy, Vol. 35, Issue 2, pp. 303-319.<br />
Ahn, H. (2001), 'Applying the balanced scorecard concept: an experience report', Long<br />
Range Planning, Vol. 34, pp. 441-461.<br />
Atkinson, A. and Waterhouse, J. (1997), 'A Stakeholder Approach to Strategic Per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />
Measurement', Sloan Management Review, Spring, pp. 25-37.<br />
Ax, C. and Bjornenak, T. (2005), 'Bundling and diffusion of management accounting<br />
innovations: the case of the balanced scorecard in Sweden', Management Accounting<br />
Research, Vol. 24, Issue 6, pp. 631-638.<br />
Babbie, E. (2004), The Practice of Social Research, 10th edition, Thomson Wadsworth,<br />
United States<br />
Bates, T. (1995), Why do minority business development programs generate so little minority<br />
business development?, Economic Development Quarterly, Vol. 9, Issue 1, pp. 3-14.<br />
Benjamin, L., Rubin, J.S. and Zielenbach, S. (2004), 'Community Development Financial<br />
Institutions: Current Issues and Future Prospects ', Journal of Urban Affairs, Vol. 26, Issue 2,<br />
pp. 177-195.<br />
Boer, M. de and Stefano, C. (2010), Interview with the author on 19 August 2010. Utrecht.<br />
[Audio recording in possession of author]<br />
Bullens, T. (2010), Interview with the author on 5 August 2010. Breukelen. [Audio recording<br />
in possession of author]<br />
Burgis, T. (2008), <strong>Microfinance</strong> commercialisation warning [online], Financial Times,<br />
Available from: http://www.ft.com/cms/s/0/6f05707e-5cc5-11dd-8d38-000077b07658.html<br />
[Accessed: 19.3.2010].<br />
Businessweek (2005), Nobel Winner Yunus - Microcredit Missionary [online],<br />
Businessweek, Available from: http://www.businessweek.com/magazine/content/05_52/<br />
b3965024.htm [Accessed: 17.3.2010].<br />
Canale, R.R. (2010), Microcredit in advanced economies as a ‘third way’: a theoretical<br />
reflection, University of Naples ‘Parthenope’.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 138<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
CDFA (2006), CDFA Glossary of Community Development Finance, February, 2006.<br />
CDFA, MFC, EMN (2007), From exclusion to inclusion through microfinance, European<br />
Commission, London, Warsaw, Paris, pp. 3-7.<br />
CDFI Data Project (2005), Providing Capital – Building Communities – Creating Impact, 5th<br />
edition, Philadelphia.<br />
CGAP (2003), <strong>Microfinance</strong> Consensus Guidelines – Definitions of Selected Financial<br />
Terms, Ratios, and Adjustments <strong>for</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>. Washington, CGAP.<br />
Cobbold, I. and Lawrie, G. (2002), Classification of <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecards based on their<br />
intended use [online], 2GC Active Management, Available from:<br />
http://www.2gc.co.uk/pdf/2GC-CP-ClassBSC-090311.pdf [Accessed: 14.7.2010].<br />
Cobbold, I. and Lawrie, G. (2004), 'Third-generation balanced scorecard: evolution of an<br />
effective strategic control tool', International Journal of Productivity and Per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />
Management, Vol. 53, Issue 7, pp. 611-623.<br />
Corbin, J. and Strauss, A. (1990), 'Grounded Theory Research - Procedures, Canons, and<br />
Evaluative Criteria', Qualitative Sociology, Vol. 13, No.1, pp. 3-21.<br />
Council <strong>for</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong> (2007), Microfinanciering als impuls voor ondernemerschap in<br />
Nederland [online], rijksoverheid.nl, pp. 1-8, Available from:<br />
http://www.rijksoverheid.nl/documenten-en-publicaties/rapporten/2007/10/15/advies-van-de-<br />
raad-voor-microfinanciering.html [Accessed: 8.6.2010].<br />
Covey, S. 2009, 'de ondernemerskalender 2009', 10 September 2009.<br />
Crompton, P. (2007), 'Double Bottom Line Growth', 7th Annual MicroEnterprise Conference,<br />
March 12-13, 2004, FINCA International, Inc., Provo, Utah, p. 11.<br />
Davig, W., Elbert, N. and Brown, S. (2004), 'Implementing a Strategic Planning Model <strong>for</strong><br />
Small Manufacturing Firms: An Adaptation of the <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard', S.A.M. Advanced<br />
Management Journal, Vol. 69, Issue 1, pp. 18-25.<br />
Dayson, K., Vik, P., Paterson, B. and Salt, A. (2009), Making European microfinance more<br />
sustainable – lessons from Britain, 5th annual EMN conference.<br />
Denzin, N.K. (1989), Interpretive Interactionism, Newbury Park, Sage Publications, CA.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 139<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Derban, W., Binner, J. and Mullineux, A. (2005), 'Loan Repayment Per<strong>for</strong>mance in<br />
Community Development Finance Institutions in the UK', Journal of Small Business<br />
Economics, Vol. 25, pp. 319-332.<br />
De Wever, B., Schellens, T., Valcke, M., and Van Keer, H. (2006), Content analysis<br />
schemes to analyze transcripts of online asynchronous discussion groups: A review,<br />
Computer & Education, Vol. 46, pp. 6-28.<br />
EIM (2009), Cyclicality of SME finance, European Communities, Brussels, pp. 14-18.<br />
Emans, B. (2002), Interviewen; Theorie, Techniek en Training. 4e druk, Stenfert Kroese,<br />
Groningen.<br />
Ende, O. van der (2010), Interview with the author on 16 August 2010. Utrecht. [Audio<br />
recording in possession of author]<br />
Engels, P. (2009), Mission Drift in <strong>Microfinance</strong> - The influence of institutional and country<br />
risk indicators on the trade-off between the financial and social per<strong>for</strong>mance of microfinance<br />
institutions [online], Aurelia, Available from: http://www.aurelia.nl/Pim%20Engels%20-<br />
%20Mission%20Drift%20in%20<strong>Microfinance</strong>.pdf [Accessed: 19.3.2010].<br />
European Commission (2001), Creating Top-Class Business Support Services, European<br />
Commission, Brussels, p.4.<br />
European Commission (2007), Facts and Figures [online], European Commission, p. 5,<br />
Available from: http://ec.europa.eu/enterprise/smes/facts_figures_en.htm [Accessed:<br />
11.7.2010].<br />
Evers, J. and Jung, M. (2005), Reaching the potential of microfinance <strong>for</strong> economic growth,<br />
social inclusion and regional development through a coherent European funding policy,<br />
European <strong>Microfinance</strong> Network, p. 2.<br />
Evers, J. and Jung, M. (2007), Status of microfinance in Western Europe – an academic<br />
review, Paris: European <strong>Microfinance</strong> Network (March), p. 10.<br />
Gemeente Den Haag (2009), Leningen voor ondernemers [online], denhaag.nl, Available<br />
from: http://www.denhaag.nl/home/bedrijven-en-instellingen/ondernemen/to-1/Leningen-<br />
voor-ondernemers.htm?channel=pdf [Accessed: 07.08.2010].<br />
Fitzgerald, L., Johnson, R. and Brignall, S. (1991), Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement in Service<br />
Businesses, CIMA, London.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 140<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Fitzgerald, L. and Moon, P, (1996). Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement in the Service Industries:<br />
Making it Work. CIMA, London.<br />
Gaskill, L.R., Van Auken, H.E. and Manning, R.A. (1993), ‘A Factor Analytic Study of the<br />
Perceived Causes of Small Business Failure,’ Journal of Small Business Management, Vol.<br />
31, Issue 4, pp. 18-24.<br />
Glaser, B. and Strauss, A. (1967). ‘The discovery of grounded theory: strategies <strong>for</strong><br />
qualitative research.’, Aldine Publishing Company, New York<br />
Gokhale, K. (2009), A Global Surge in Tiny Loans Spurs Credit Bubble in a Slum [online],<br />
The Wall Street Journal, Available from: http://online.wsj.com/article/<br />
SB125012112518027581.html [Accessed: 19.3.2010].<br />
Golafshani, N. (2003), Understanding Reliability and Validity in Qualitative Research, The<br />
Qualitative Report, Vol. 8, Issue 4, pp. 597-606.<br />
Gomes, R.C. and Liddle, J. (2009), 'The <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard as a Per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />
Management Tool <strong>for</strong> Third Sector Organizations: the Case of the Arthur Bernardes<br />
Foundation, Brazil', Brazilian Administration Review, Curitiba, Vol. 6, Issue 4, pp. 354-366.<br />
Gonzalez-Vega, C. (1998), Do Financial Institutions have a role in assisting the poor?,<br />
Strategic Issues in <strong>Microfinance</strong>. Eds. M.S. Kimenyi, R.C. Wieland and J.D. Von Pischke.<br />
Brookfield, VT, Ashgate, pp. 11-26.<br />
Granger, B. and Lämmerman, S. (2009), 'MFI efficiency and State intervention - what<br />
correlation?', First European research conference on microfinance, June 2-4, 2009, Advancia<br />
Business School, Paris, p. 19.<br />
Greatbanks, R. and Tapp, D. (2007), 'The impact of balanced scorecards in a public sector<br />
environment: empirical evidence from Dunedin city council, New Zealand', International<br />
Journal of Operations and Production Management, Vol. 27, Issue 8, pp. 846-873.<br />
Guichandut, P. and Underwood, T. (2007), Microcredit in the European Union, An<br />
Overview, In KfW Bankengruppe (Eds.), <strong>Microfinance</strong> in Germany and Europe, pp. 33-52,<br />
Frankfurt.<br />
Haas, M. de and Kleingeld, A. (1999), 'Multilevel design of per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement<br />
systems: enhancing strategic dialogue throughout the organization', Management<br />
Accounting Research, Vol. 10, Issue 3, pp. 233-261.<br />
Haber, S., and Reichel, A. (2005), ‘Identifying per<strong>for</strong>mances measures of small ventures:<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 141<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
the case of the tourism industry,’ Journal of Small Business Management, Vol. 43, Issue 3,<br />
pp. 257- 286.<br />
Hartarska, V., Caudill, S.B. and Grooper, D.M. (2006), The Cost Structure of <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />
Institutions in Eastern Europe and Central Asia, William Davidson Institute Working Paper<br />
Number 809, January 2006.<br />
Heemskerk, F. (2009a), Zelfstandig Ondernemerschap - Brief van de Staatssecretaris van<br />
Economische Zaken [online], Overheid.nl, p. 1, Available from: https://zoek.<br />
officielebekendmakingen.nl/kst-31311-35.html [Accessed: 11.07.2010].<br />
Heemskerk, F. (2009b), Stimuleer en steun starters [online], Zicht op Ondernemen, Vol. 13,<br />
Issue 4, p. 1., Available from: http://www.qredits.nl/assets/Downloads/<br />
Zicht_op_ondernemen.PDF [Accessed: 19.3.2010].<br />
Hen, P. de (2010), 'Doet u mij een kredietje', Elsevier, 17 April 2010, pp. 46-47.<br />
Herrscher, E.G. (2006), 'What is the systems approach good <strong>for</strong>?', Systemic Practice and<br />
Action Research, Vol. 19, pp. 409-413.<br />
Hofman, K. (2010), Interview with the author on 23 July 2010. Amsterdam. [Audio recording<br />
in possession of author]<br />
Hopper, T., Northcott, D. and Scapens, R. (2007), Issues in Management Accounting, 3rd<br />
edition, Prentice Hall, Harlow.<br />
Hudson, M., Smart, A. and Bourne, M. (2001), ‘Theory and practice in SME per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />
measurement systems’, International Journal of Operations and Production Management,<br />
Vol. 21, Issue 8, pp. 1096-1115.<br />
Hulme, D. (2000), 'Impact Assessment Methodologies <strong>for</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>: Theory, Experience<br />
and Better Practice', Journal of World Development, Manchester, Vol. 28, Issue 1, p. 80.<br />
Irwin, D. (2002), 'Strategy mapping in the public sector', Long Range Planning, Vol. 35, pp.<br />
637-647.<br />
Jayo, B., Rico, S. and Lacalle, M. (2008), Overview of the Microcredit Sector in the<br />
European Union, EMN, Brussels, p. 21.<br />
Joppe, M. (2000), The Research Process [online], Available from:<br />
http://www.ryerson.ca/~mjoppe/rp.htm [Accessed: 7.8.2010].<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 142<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Jung, M., Lahn, S. and Unterberg, M. (2009), EIF Market studies on Micro Lending in the<br />
European Union: Capacity Building and Policy Recommendations. Evers&Jung, March 2009.<br />
Kanji, G.K. and Sa, P.M. (2002), 'Kanji's business scorecard', Total Quality Management,<br />
Vol. 13, Issue 1, pp. 13-27.<br />
Kaplan, R.S. and Norton, D.P. (1992), 'The balanced scorecard: measures that drive<br />
per<strong>for</strong>mance’, Harvard Business Review, Boston, Jan-Feb, pp. 71-80.<br />
Kaplan, R.S. and Norton, D.P. (1993), 'Putting the balanced scorecard to work', Harvard<br />
Business Review, Boston, Sep-Oct, pp. 2-16<br />
Kaplan, R.S. and Norton, D.P. (1996a), The <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard, Harvard Business School<br />
Press, Boston, MA.<br />
Kaplan, R.S. and Norton, D.P. (1996b), 'Linking the balanced scorecard to strategy',<br />
Cali<strong>for</strong>nia Management Review, Fall, pp. 53-79.<br />
Kaplan, R.S. and Norton, D.P. (1996c), 'Using the balanced scorecard as a strategic<br />
management system', Harvard Business Review, Boston, Jan-Feb, pp. 75-85.<br />
Kaplan, R.S. and Norton, D.P. (1996d), '<strong>Balanced</strong> scorecard: translating strategy into<br />
action, Harvard Business School Press, Boston, MA.<br />
Kaplan, R.S. and Norton, D.P. (2001), 'Trans<strong>for</strong>ming the balanced scorecard from<br />
per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement to strategic management: part I', Accounting Horizons, Vol. 15,<br />
Issue 1, pp. 87-104.<br />
Kaplan, R.S. and Norton, D.P. (2004), Strategy maps: converting intangible assets into<br />
tangible outcomes, Harvard Business School Press, Boston, MA.<br />
Kasurinen, T. (2002), 'Exploring management accounting change: the case of the balanced<br />
scorecard implementation', Management Accounting Research, Vol. 13, Issue 3, pp. 323-<br />
344.<br />
Keddie, J. Nanjundan, S. and Teszler, R. (1988), Development of rural small industrial<br />
enterprise : lessons from experienc, United Nations Development Programme, Vienna.<br />
Knight, R.A., and Knight, L.G. (1993), ‘Planning: the key to small business survival,’<br />
Management Accounting, USA, Vol. 21, Issue 7, pp. 20-28.<br />
Kraemer-Eis, H. and Con<strong>for</strong>ti, A. (2009), <strong>Microfinance</strong> in Europe - a market overview,<br />
European Investment Fund (EIF), Luxembourg, p. 21.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 143<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Kunc, M. (2008), 'Using systems thinking to enhance strategy maps', Management Decision,<br />
Vol. 46, Issue 5, pp. 761-778.<br />
Laitinen, E.K. (2002), ‘A dynamic per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement system: evidence from small<br />
Finnish technology companies’, Scandinavian Journal of Management, Vol. 18, pp. 65-99.<br />
Lämmermann, S., Zamorano, E. and Guichandut, P. (2007), A Guide on Good Practice,<br />
EMN, Paris, p. 3-8.<br />
Lange, R.J. de (2010), Interview with the author on 15 August 2010. Utrecht. [Audio<br />
recording in possession of author]<br />
Leadbeater, C. (1997), ‘Flying with a clear view’, Financial Times, 1 April, p. 17<br />
Littlefield, E. and Rosenberg, R., (2004), '<strong>Microfinance</strong> and the Poor: Breaking Down the<br />
walls between <strong>Microfinance</strong> and the Formal Financial System', CGAP, Finance &<br />
Development, June, pp. 38-40.<br />
Lynch, R. and Cross, K. (1991), Measure Up! Yardsticks <strong>for</strong> Continuous Improvement, Basil<br />
Blackwell, Inc., Cambridge.<br />
Lynch, R. (2009), Strategic Management, 5th edition, Prentice Hall, Harlow, p. 508.<br />
Manville, G. (2007), 'Implementing a balanced scorecard framework in a not <strong>for</strong> profit SME',<br />
International Journal of Productivity and Per<strong>for</strong>mance Management, Vol. 56, Issue 2, pp.<br />
162-169.<br />
Mayring, P. (2000), 'Qualitative Content Analysis', Qualitative Social Research, Vol. 1, Issue<br />
2, p. 4.<br />
McAdam, R., Hazlett, S. and Casey, C. (2005), 'Per<strong>for</strong>mance management in the UK public<br />
sector: addressing multiple stakeholder complexity', International Journal of Public Sector<br />
Management, Vol. 18, Issue 3, pp. 256-273.<br />
McNair, C.J., Lynch, R. and Cross, K. (1990), 'Do Financial and Nonfinancial Measures<br />
Have to Agree?', Management Accounting, Nov., pp. 28-36.<br />
McNair, C.J. and Mosconi, W. (1987), 'Measuring Per<strong>for</strong>mance in an Advanced<br />
Manufacturing Environment', Management Accounting, July.<br />
McNair, C.J. and Watts, T. (2009), 'The Integration of <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard Models', Cost<br />
Management, Vol. 23, Issue 5, p. 5.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 144<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Meadows, M. and Pike, M. (2010), 'Per<strong>for</strong>mance management <strong>for</strong> social enterprises',<br />
Systemic Practice and Action Research, Vol. 23, pp. 127-141.<br />
Meredith, G.G. (1989), Small Business Management in Australia, Sydney, McGraw-Hill Book<br />
Company.<br />
MFC (2007), From Mission to Action - Strategic Management Toolkit Overview, <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />
Centre, Warsaw, p. 2.<br />
Micro-Finance Skills Project (2002), Business Development Support Report, National Skills<br />
Fund, South Africa, p.7.<br />
Miles, M. and Huberman, A.M. (1994), Qualitative Data Analysis Thousand Oaks, CA, Sage<br />
Publications.<br />
Minichiello, V., Aroni, R., Timewell, E., & Alexander, L. (1990). In-Depth Interviewing:<br />
Researching People, Longman Cheshire, Hong Kong.<br />
Molenaar, K. (2009), '<strong>Microfinance</strong>, its concepts and development, lessons to draw <strong>for</strong><br />
Europe', Implementing the EU Microcredit Initiative - What can be learned from developing<br />
and trans<strong>for</strong>ming countries?, January 26-27, 2009, European <strong>Microfinance</strong> Network, Berlin,<br />
p. 3.<br />
Molenaar, K. (2010), 'Social inclusion or enterprise development', A Changing Europe -<br />
combating poverty, supporting enterprise, June 23-25, 2010, European <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />
Network, London, p. 4.<br />
Müller, R. (2007), Research Methods Slides, TiasNimbas Business School, Utrecht.<br />
Müller, R. (2009), Lecture on Research Methods 2, October 5 th -7 th , 2009, TiasNimbas<br />
Business School, Utrecht.<br />
Nørreklit, H. (2000), 'The balance on the balanced scorecard: a critical analysis of some of<br />
its assumptions', Management Accounting Research, Vol. 11, Issue 1, pp. 65-88.<br />
Neely, A., Gregory, M. and Platts, K. (1995), ‘Per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement system design: a<br />
literature review and research agenda’, International Journal of Operations & Production<br />
Management, Vol. 15, Issue 4, pp. 80-116.<br />
Oberman, R. and Roelofsen, O. (2009), Microfinanciering als aanjager van<br />
ondernemerschap in Nederland - Advies aan het Ministerie van Economische Zaken [online],<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 145<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
McKinsey & Company, p. 3., Available from: http://www.microfinanciering.com/<br />
resources/uploads/files/adviesrapport_mckinsey_2009.pdf [Accessed: 19.3.2010].<br />
Orser, B.J., Hogarth-Scott, S. and Riding, A.L. (2000) ‘Per<strong>for</strong>mance, firm size and<br />
management problem solving,’ Journal of Small Business Management, Vol. 38, Issue. 4, pp.<br />
42-58.<br />
Pandey, I.M. (2005), '<strong>Balanced</strong> scorecard: myth and reality', Vikapala, Vol. 30, Issue 1, pp.<br />
85-102.<br />
Pater, A. (2010), Interview with the author on 23 August 2010. Bunnik. [Audio recording in<br />
possession of author]<br />
Patton, M.Q. (2002), Qualitative evaluation and research methods, 3rd edition, Thousand<br />
Oaks, Sage Publications, Inc., CA.<br />
Pawlak, K. and Matul, M. (2004), 'Realizing Mission Objectives', Journal of <strong>Microfinance</strong>,<br />
Warsaw, Vol. 6, Issue 2, p. 2.<br />
Phiri, M. (2009), <strong>Microfinance</strong> - How Agricultural Lending Can Be Made Profitable For<br />
<strong>Microfinance</strong> Institutions [online], Surfgroepen, p. 24, Available from:<br />
https://www.surfgroepen.nl/sites/mptp/Project%20Archive/N12391.pdf [Accessed:<br />
17.3.2010].<br />
Picasso, P. (1966), Quoted in Hélène Parmelin, ‘Truth,’ Picasso Says. London, Allen &<br />
Unwin (trans. 1969).<br />
Pickle, H.B. and Abrahamson, R.I. (1990), Small Business Management, Canada, John<br />
Wiley & Sons.<br />
Pinsky, M. (2001), Taking Stock: CDFIs Look Ahead After 25 Years of Community<br />
Development Finance, Capital Xchange, December 2001, Brookings Institution Press.,<br />
Washington DC.<br />
Pollinger, J.J., Outhwaite, J. and Cordero-Guzmán, H. (2007), 'The Question of<br />
Sustainability <strong>for</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong> Institutions', Journal of Small Business Management, Vol. 45,<br />
Issue 1, pp. 23-41.<br />
Porter, M.E., Sachs, J.D., Warner, A.M., Cornelius, P.K., Levinson, M. and Schwab, K.<br />
(2000), The Global Competitiveness Report 2000 [online], Ox<strong>for</strong>d University Press, p. 11,<br />
Available from: http://www.cid.harvard.edu/archive/res/gcr_2000_overview.pdf [Accessed:<br />
11.7.2010].<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 146<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Qredits (2010a), Bedrijfspresentatie 1 januari 2010, Qredits, Almelo, pp. 2-23.<br />
Qredits (2010b), Internet based technology in <strong>Microfinance</strong>, Qredits, Almelo, pp. 2-13.<br />
Qredits (2010c), Qredits wint <strong>Microfinance</strong> Good Practices Europe Award [online],<br />
Qredits.nl, Available from: http://www.qredits.nl/nieuws/qredits_nieuws/qredits-genomineerd-<br />
voor-europese-prijs.html [Accessed: 11.8.2010].<br />
Ribbink, G. (2003), Reference Guide on Business Development Services [online],<br />
SNV/Netherlands Development Organization, pp. 13-24, Available from:<br />
http://www.snvworld.org/cds/rgBDS/table-of-contents.htm [Accessed: 11.7.2010].<br />
Ritter, M. (2003), 'The use of balanced scorecards in the strategic management of corporate<br />
communication', Corporate Communications, Vol. 8, Issue 1, pp. 44-59.<br />
Robson, C. (2002), Real World Research, 2nd edition, Blackwell, Ox<strong>for</strong>d.<br />
Saunders, M., Lewis, P. and Thornhill, A. (2009), Research methods <strong>for</strong> business students,<br />
5th edition, Prentice Hall, Harlow.<br />
Schilling, J. (2006), On the pragmatics of qualitative assessment: Designing the process <strong>for</strong><br />
content analysis, European Journal of Psychological Assessment, Vol. 22, Issue 1, pp. 28-<br />
37.<br />
Schreiner, M. and Morduch, J. (2002), ‘Opportunities and Challenges <strong>for</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong> in<br />
the United States,’ in Replicating <strong>Microfinance</strong> in the United States. Eds. J. H. Carr. and Z. Y.<br />
Tong. Washington DC, Woodrow Wilson Center Press, pp. 19–61.<br />
Schwiecker, S. (2004), The Impact and Outreach of <strong>Microfinance</strong> Institutions - The Effect of<br />
Interest Rates [online], Scribd, p. 8, Available from: http://www.scribd.com/<br />
doc/92714/<strong>Microfinance</strong> [Accessed: 20.3.2010].<br />
Seibel, H. D. (2003), History matters in microfinance [online], Small Enterprise Development<br />
- An International Journal of <strong>Microfinance</strong> and Business Development, Vol. 14, No. 2, pp. 10<br />
- 12, Available from: http://www.econstor.eu/bitstream/10419/23549/1/2003-5_History_<br />
matters.pdf [Accessed: 20.3.2010].<br />
Servon, L. (1999), Bootstrap Capital: Microenterprise and the American Poor, Brookings<br />
Institution Press., Washington DC.<br />
Shane, S. (2009), 'Why encouraging m ore people to become entrepreneurs is bad public<br />
policy', Small Business Economy, Vol. 33, pp. 141-149.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 147<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Shrader, C.B., Mul<strong>for</strong>d, C.L. and Blackburn, V.L. (1989), ‘Strategic and operational<br />
planning, uncertainty, and per<strong>for</strong>mance in small firms’, Journal of Small Business<br />
Management, Vol. 27, Issue. 4, pp. 45-53.<br />
Simanowitz (2003), '<strong>Microfinance</strong>, poverty and social per<strong>for</strong>mance: Overview', IDS Bulletin,<br />
Vol. 34, Issue 4, pp. 1-9.<br />
Stichting Microfinanciering & Ondernemerschap (2006), Microfinanciering als impuls<br />
voor ondernemerschap in Nederland - Advies van de Raad voor Microfinanciering in<br />
Nederland aan de staatsecretaris van Economische Zaken [online], Microfinanciering,<br />
Available from: http://www.microfinanciering.com/resources/uploads/files/advies_raad_voor<br />
_microfinanciering.pdf [Accessed: 19.3.2010].<br />
Stichting Microfinanciering & Ondernemerschap (2009a), Het opzetten van een MF-<br />
ondernemerspunt [online], Microfinanciering.com, pp. 1-3, Available from:<br />
http://www.microfinanciering.com/resources/uploads/files/toolkit_1.pdf [Accessed:<br />
11.7.2010].<br />
Stichting Microfinanciering & Ondernemerschap (2009b), Eerste landelijke dag voor MF-<br />
ondernemerspunten [online], Microfinanciering.com, Available from:<br />
http://www.microfinanciering.com/ microfinanciering_in_nederland/nieuws/46 [Accessed:<br />
8.6.2010].<br />
Stulen, V. (2010), Interview with the author on 3 August 2010. Almelo. [Audio recording in<br />
possession of author]<br />
The Economist (2010), The world this week, The Economist, London, Fig p. 6.<br />
The World Bank Group (2009), About the Goals [online], Millennium Development Goals,<br />
Available from: http://ddp-ext.worldbank.org/ext/GMIS/gdmis.do?siteId=2&menuId<br />
=LNAV01HOME1 [Accessed: 20.3.2010].<br />
Tillaart, H. van den, Diemen, C. van, Warmerdam, J., Heijink, J. and Poutsma, E. (2009),<br />
Coaching van startende ondernemers [online], Projectdirectie Microfinanciering van het<br />
ministerie van Economische Zaken, pp. 1-5, Available from:<br />
http://www.microfinanciering.com/resources/uploads/files/eindrapport_kwaliteit_coachingdef_<br />
25032009.pdf [Accessed: 11.7.2010].<br />
United Nations (1999), Resolution Adopted - 53/197. International Year of Microcredit, 2005<br />
[online], General Assembly, Available from: http://www.uncdf.org/english/about_uncdf<br />
/uploads/docs/UNGA-YoM_eng.pdf [Accessed: 20.3.2010].<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 148<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
United Nations (2004), Why a Year? - Learn About the Year [online], International Year of<br />
Microcredit 2005, Available from: http://www.yearofmicrocredit.org/pages/whyayear/<br />
whyayear_learnaboutyear.asp [Accessed: 20.3.2010].<br />
Van Auken, P., and Sexton. D.L. (1985), ‘A longitudinal study of small business strategic<br />
planning,’ Journal of Small Business Management, Vol. 23, pp. 7-9.<br />
Vinelli, A. (2002), ‘Financial Sustainability in U.S. Organizations,’ in Replicating <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />
in the United States. Eds. J. H. Carr. and Z. Y. Tong. Washington DC, Woodrow Wilson<br />
Center Press, pp. 137–165.<br />
Von Pischke, J.D. (2002), ‘Current Foundations of <strong>Microfinance</strong> Best Practices in<br />
Developing Countries’ in Replicating <strong>Microfinance</strong> in the United States. Eds. J. H. Carr. and<br />
Z. Y. Tong. Washington DC, Woodrow Wilson Center Press, pp. 65–96.<br />
Watts, T., Baard, V. and McNair, C.J. (2009a), ‘Per<strong>for</strong>mance Models <strong>for</strong> <strong>Sustainable</strong> Small<br />
Business: A Literature Review.’ Working paper.<br />
Watts, T., Baard, V. and McNair, C.J. (2009b), ‘Untying the Gordian Knot: Small Business<br />
and the Strategy Balance Scorecard’, Northeast Region AAA 2009 Conference, American<br />
Accounting Association, Cambridge, MA, pp. 1-35.<br />
Watts, T. and Preda, P. (2004), ‘Contemporary Management Accounting Techniques in<br />
Australia: Manufacturing versus Service Organizations, Journal of Applied Management<br />
Accounting Research, Vol. 2, Issue 2, pp. 17-27.<br />
Weber, R.P. (1990). Basic Content Analysis, Newbury Park, Sage Publications, CA.<br />
Wisniewski, M. and Dickson, A. (2001), 'Measuring per<strong>for</strong>mance in Dumfries and Galloway<br />
constabulary with the balanced scorecard', Journal of Operational Research Society, Vol. 52,<br />
pp. 1057-1066.<br />
Wisniewski, M. and Olafsson S. (2004), 'Developing balanced scorecards in local<br />
authorities: a comparison of experience', International Journal of Productivity and<br />
Per<strong>for</strong>mance Management, Vol. 53, Issue 7, pp. 602-610.<br />
Woller, G.M., Dun<strong>for</strong>d, C. and Warner, W. (1999), 'Where to <strong>Microfinance</strong>?', International<br />
Journal of Economic Development, Vol. 1, Issue 4, pp. 26-27.<br />
Woller, G. (2005), Building Successful <strong>Microfinance</strong> Institutions by Assessing Clients'<br />
Needs, The SEEP Network, Washington DC.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 149<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>
Woodworth, W. and Woller, G. (1999), Greeting From The Editors [online], Journal of<br />
<strong>Microfinance</strong>, Vol. 1, No. 1, p. 6, Available from: http://marriottschool.byu.edu/<br />
esrreview/current/JMF_fall99.pdf [Accessed: 18.3.2010].<br />
Yaron, J. (1994), What makes Rural Finance Institutions Successful? World Bank Research<br />
Observer, Vol. 9, pp. 49-70.<br />
Zhang, Y. and Wildemuth, B.M. (2009), Qualitative analysis of content. [online], pp. 1-5,<br />
Available from: http://www.ischool.utexas.edu/~yanz/Content_analysis.pdf [Accessed:<br />
12.7.2010].<br />
Zwind (2009), Vliegwiel van de Wijkeconomie - Het rendement van de Ondernemershuizen,<br />
Zwind, Amsterdam, pp. 9-12.<br />
Elmar Hoogendoorn 150<br />
<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>